Commit Graph

20894 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Alvaro Herrera afccd76f1c
Fix detaching partitions with cloned row triggers
When a partition is detached, any triggers that had been cloned from its
parent were not properly disentangled from its parent triggers.
This resulted in triggers that could not be dropped because they
depended on the trigger in the trigger in the no-longer-parent table:
  ALTER TABLE t DETACH PARTITION t1;
  DROP TRIGGER trig ON t1;
    ERROR:  cannot drop trigger trig on table t1 because trigger trig on table t requires it
    HINT:  You can drop trigger trig on table t instead.

Moreover the table can no longer be re-attached to its parent, because
the trigger name is already taken:
  ALTER TABLE t ATTACH PARTITION t1 FOR VALUES FROM (1)TO(2);
    ERROR:  trigger "trig" for relation "t1" already exists

The former is a bug introduced in commit 86f575948c.  (The latter is
not necessarily a bug, but it makes the bug more uncomfortable.)

To avoid the complexity that would be needed to tell whether the trigger
has a local definition that has to be merged with the one coming from
the parent table, establish the behavior that the trigger is removed
when the table is detached.

Backpatch to pg11.

Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200408152412.GZ2228@telsasoft.com
2020-04-21 13:57:00 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan 1542e16f2c Consider outliers in split interval calculation.
Commit 0d861bbb, which introduced deduplication to nbtree, added some
logic to take large posting list tuples into account when choosing a
split point.  We subtract firstright posting list overhead from the
projected new high key size when calculating leftfree/rightfree values
for an affected candidate split point.  Posting list tuples aren't
special to nbtsplitloc.c, but taking them into account like this makes a
huge difference in practice.  Posting list tuples are frequently tuple
size outliers.

However, commit 0d861bbb missed a closely related issue: split interval
itself is calculated based on the assumption that tuples on the page
being split are roughly equisized.  That assumption was acceptable back
when commit fab25024 taught the logic for choosing a split point about
suffix truncation, but it's pretty questionable now that very large
tuple sizes are common.  This oversight led to unbalanced page splits in
low cardinality multi-column indexes when deduplication was used: page
splits that don't give sufficient weight to how unbalanced the split is
when the interval happens to include some large posting list tuples (and
when most other tuples on the page are not so large).

Nail this down by calculating an initial split interval in a way that's
attuned to the actual cost that we want to keep under control (not a
fuzzy proxy for the cost): apply a leftfree + rightfree evenness test to
each candidate split point that actually gets included in the split
interval (for the default strategy).  This replaces logic that used a
percentage of all legal split points for the page as the basis of the
initial split interval.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznJt5aT2uUB2Bs+JBLdwe0XTX67+xeLFcaNvCKxO=QBVQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-21 09:59:24 -07:00
Tom Lane 1c455078b0 Allow matchingsel() to be used with operators that might return NULL.
Although selfuncs.c will never call a target operator with null inputs,
some functions might return null anyway.  The existing coding will fail
if that happens (since FunctionCall2Coll will punt), which seems
undesirable given that matchingsel() has such a broad range of potential
applicability --- in fact, we already have a problem because we apply it
to jsonb_path_exists_opr, which can return null.  Hence, rejigger the
underlying functions mcv_selectivity and histogram_selectivity to cope,
treating a null result as false.

While we are at it, we can move the InitFunctionCallInfoData overhead
out of the inner loops, which isn't a huge number of cycles but might
save something considering we are likely calling functions as cheap
as int4eq().  Plus, the number of loop cycles to be expected is much
more than it was when this code was written, since typical settings
of default_statistics_target are higher.

In view of that consideration, let's apply the same change to
var_eq_const, eqjoinsel_inner, and eqjoinsel_semi.  We do not expect
equality functions to ever return null for non-null inputs (and
certainly that code has been that way a long time without complaints),
but the cycle savings seem attractive, especially in the eqjoinsel loops
where there's potentially an O(N^2) savings.

Similar code exists in ineq_histogram_selectivity and
get_variable_range, but I forebore from changing those for now.
The performance argument for changing ineq_histogram_selectivity
is really weak anyway, since that will only iterate log2(N) times.

Nikita Glukhov and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d3b0959-95d6-c37e-2c0b-287bcfe5c705@postgrespro.ru
2020-04-21 12:56:55 -04:00
Tom Lane 9d25e1aa31 Clean up cpluspluscheck violation.
"operator" is a reserved word in C++, so per project conventions,
don't use it as an identifier in header files.

My oversight in commit a80818605.
2020-04-21 11:21:15 -04:00
Robert Haas 079ac29d4d Move the server's backup manifest code to a separate file.
basebackup.c is already a pretty big and complicated file, so it
makes more sense to keep the backup manifest support routines
in a separate file, for clarity and ease of maintenance.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoavRak5OdP76P8eJExDYhPEKWjMb0sxW7dF01dWFgE=uA@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-20 14:38:15 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 5fc703946b
Add ALTER .. NO DEPENDS ON
Commit f2fcad27d5 (9.6 era) added the ability to mark objects as
dependent an extension, but forgot to add a way for such dependencies to
be removed.  This commit fixes that oversight.

Strictly speaking this should be backpatched to 9.6, but due to lack of
demand we're not doing so at this time.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200217225333.GA30974@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: ahsan hadi <ahsan.hadi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed <ibrar.ahmad@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2020-04-20 13:42:12 -04:00
Magnus Hagander 7e4e574744 Allow pg_read_all_stats to access all stats views again
The views pg_stat_progress_* had not gotten the memo that
pg_read_all_stats is supposed to be able to read all statistics. Also
make a pass over all text-returning pg_stat_xyz functions that could
return "insufficient privilege" and make sure they also respect
pg_read_all_status.

Reported-by: Andrey M. Borodin
Reviewed-by: Andrey M. Borodin, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13145F2F-8458-4977-9D2D-7B2E862E5722@yandex-team.ru
2020-04-20 12:53:40 +02:00
Jeff Davis 0cacb2b79d Fix missing pfree() in logtape.c, missed by 24d85952. 2020-04-19 10:33:06 -07:00
Tom Lane f332241a60 Fix race conditions in synchronous standby management.
We have repeatedly seen the buildfarm reach the Assert(false) in
SyncRepGetSyncStandbysPriority.  This apparently is due to failing to
consider the possibility that the sync_standby_priority values in
shared memory might be inconsistent; but they will be whenever only
some of the walsenders have updated their values after a change in
the synchronous_standby_names setting.  That function is vastly too
complex for what it does, anyway, so rewriting it seems better than
trying to apply a band-aid fix.

Furthermore, the API of SyncRepGetSyncStandbys is broken by design:
it returns a list of WalSnd array indexes, but there is nothing
guaranteeing that the contents of the WalSnd array remain stable.
Thus, if some walsender exits and then a new walsender process
takes over that WalSnd array slot, a caller might make use of
WAL position data that it should not, potentially leading to
incorrect decisions about whether to release transactions that
are waiting for synchronous commit.

To fix, replace SyncRepGetSyncStandbys with a new function
SyncRepGetCandidateStandbys that copies all the required data
from shared memory while holding the relevant mutexes.  If the
associated walsender process then exits, this data is still safe to
make release decisions with, since we know that that much WAL *was*
sent to a valid standby server.  This incidentally means that we no
longer need to treat sync_standby_priority as protected by the
SyncRepLock rather than the per-walsender mutex.

SyncRepGetSyncStandbys is no longer used by the core code, so remove
it entirely in HEAD.  However, it seems possible that external code is
relying on that function, so do not remove it from the back branches.
Instead, just remove the known-incorrect Assert.  When the bug occurs,
the function will return a too-short list, which callers should treat
as meaning there are not enough sync standbys, which seems like a
reasonably safe fallback until the inconsistent state is resolved.
Moreover it's bug-compatible with what has been happening in non-assert
builds.  We cannot do anything about the walsender-replacement race
condition without an API/ABI break.

The bogus assertion exists back to 9.6, but 9.6 is sufficiently
different from the later branches that the patch doesn't apply at all.
I chose to just remove the bogus assertion in 9.6, feeling that the
probability of a bad outcome from the walsender-replacement race
condition is too low to justify rewriting the whole patch for 9.6.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21519.1585272409@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-04-18 14:02:44 -04:00
David Rowley 3cb02e307e Fix possible crash with GENERATED ALWAYS columns
In some corner cases, this could also lead to corrupted values being
included in the tuple.

Users who are concerned that they are affected by this should first
upgrade and then perform a base backup of their database and restore onto
an off-line server. They should then query each table with generated
columns to ensure there are no rows where the generated expression does
not match a newly calculated version of the GENERATED ALWAYS expression.
If no crashes occur and no rows are returned then you're not affected.

Fixes bug #16369.

Reported-by: Cameron Ezell
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16369-5845a6f1bef59884@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 12 (where GENERATED ALWAYS columns were added.)
2020-04-18 14:10:37 +12:00
Tom Lane 3125a5baec Fix possible future cache reference leak in ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP.
recordExtObjInitPriv and removeExtObjInitPriv were sloppy about
calling ReleaseSysCache.  The cases cannot occur given current usage
in ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP, since we wouldn't get here for these
relkinds; but it seems wise to clean up better.

In passing, extend test logic in test_pg_dump to exercise the
dropped-column code paths here.

Since the case is unreachable at present, there seems no great
need to back-patch; hence fix HEAD only.

Kyotaro Horiguchi, with test case and comment adjustments by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200417.151831.1153577605111650154.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2020-04-17 13:41:59 -04:00
David Rowley 5b736e9cf9 Remove unneeded constraint dependency tracking
It was previously thought that remove_useless_groupby_columns() needed to
keep track of which constraints the generated plan depended upon, however,
this is unnecessary. The confusion likely arose regarding this because of
check_functional_grouping(), which does need to track the dependency to
ensure VIEWs with columns which are functionally dependant on the GROUP BY
remain so. For remove_useless_groupby_columns(), cached plans will just
become invalidated when the primary key's underlying index is removed
through the normal relcache invalidation code.

Here we just remove the unneeded code which records the dependency and
updates the comments. The previous comments claimed that we could not use
UNIQUE constraints for the same optimization due to lack of a
pg_constraint record for NOT NULL constraints (which are required because
NULLs can be duplicated in a unique index). Since we don't actually need a
pg_constraint record to handle the invalidation, it looks like we could
add code to do this in the future. But not today.

We're not really fixing any bug in the code here, this fix is just to set
the record straight on UNIQUE constraints. This code was added back in
9.6, but due to lack of any bug, we'll not be backpatching this.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrdYa=VhOoMe4ZZjZ-G4ALnD-xuAeUNCRTL+PYMVN8OnQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-17 10:29:49 +12:00
Amit Kapila 24d2d38b1e Fix the usage of parallel and full options of vacuum command.
Earlier we were inconsistent in allowing the usage of parallel and
full options.  Change it such that we disallow them only when they are
combined in a way that we don't support.

In passing, improve the comments in some of the existing tests of parallel
vacuum.

Reported-by: Tushar Ahuja
Author: Justin Pryzby, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Michael Paquier, Mahendra Singh Thalor and
Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/58c8d171-e665-6fa3-a9d3-d9423b694dae%40enterprisedb.com
2020-04-16 10:55:02 +05:30
Peter Geoghegan f0ca378d4c Slightly simplify nbtree split point choice loop.
Spotted during post-commit review of the nbtree deduplication commit
(commit 0d861bbb).
2020-04-15 15:47:26 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan 4a05a64095 Remove obsolete "hole in center of page" comment.
A comment from the Berkeley days incorrectly claimed that the page
management code cares about the contents of the hole in the center of
the page (at least in the case of the left half of an nbtree page
split).  Commit 8fa30f906b added an addendum that stated that the
original comment was "probably obsolete".  It's definitely obsolete,
though, so remove the original comment plus the addendum.
2020-04-14 14:38:28 -07:00
Tom Lane 2d59643dbc Account for collation when coercing the output of a SQL function.
Commit 913bbd88d overlooked that the result of coerce_to_target_type
might need collation fixups.  Per report from Andreas Joseph Krogh.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VisenaEmail.72.37d08ec2b8cb8fb5.17179940cd3@tc7-visena
2020-04-14 17:30:36 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan e60c6f6ea1 Set Perl search path more idiomatically
Back in commits 1df92eeafe, f884a96819, and 592123efbb I used some
hackish code to set the script search path, unaware despite decades of
perl that there was a completely standard way to do this. This patch
changes those cases to use the standard perl FindBin package.
2020-04-14 16:47:07 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan 80634e3b18 Rearrange _bt_insertonpg() "update metapage" code.
Nest the "update metapage as part of insert into root-like page" branch
inside the broader "insert into internal page" branch.  This improves
readability.
2020-04-14 09:33:18 -07:00
Michael Paquier 8128b0c152 Fix collection of typos and grammar mistakes in the tree, volume 2
This fixes some comments and documentation new as of Postgres 13, and is
a follow-up of the work done in dd0f37e.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200408165653.GF2228@telsasoft.com
2020-04-14 14:45:43 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan f762b2feba Add defensive "split_only_page" nbtree assertion.
Clearly it's not okay for nbtree to split a page that is the only page
on its level, and then find that it has to split the parent one level up
in turn.  There is simply no code to handle the split_only_page case in
the _bt_insertonpg() "newitem won't fit" branch (only the "newitem fits"
branch handles split_only_page).  Add a defensive assertion that will
fail if a split_only_page call to _bt_insertonpg() somehow ends up
splitting the target/parent page.

I (pgeoghegan) believe that we don't need split_only_page handling for
the "newitem won't fit" branch because anybody calling _bt_insertonpg()
like this would have to hold a lock on the same one and only child page.
2020-04-13 21:11:03 -07:00
Amit Kapila a6fea120a7 Comments and doc fixes for commit 40d964ec99.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Author: Justin Pryzby, with few changes by me
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200322021801.GB2563@telsasoft.com
2020-04-14 08:10:27 +05:30
Peter Geoghegan 826ee1a019 Make _bt_insertonpg() more like _bt_split().
It seems like a good idea for nbtree's retail insert code to be
absolutely consistent with nbtree's page split code for anything that
naturally requires equivalent handling.  Anything that concerns
inserting newitem (which is handled as part of the page split atomic
action when a page split is required) should work in exactly the same
way.  With that in mind, make _bt_insertonpg() handle 'cbuf' in a way
that matches _bt_split().
2020-04-13 19:26:41 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan bc3087b626 Harmonize nbtree page split point code.
An nbtree split point can be thought of as a point between two adjoining
tuples from an imaginary version of the page being split that includes
the incoming/new item (in addition to the items that really are on the
page).  These adjoining tuples are called the lastleft and firstright
tuples.

The variables that represent split points contained a field called
firstright, which is an offset number of the first data item from the
original page that goes on the new right page.  The corresponding tuple
from origpage was usually the same thing as the actual firstright tuple,
but not always: the firstright tuple is sometimes the new/incoming item
instead.  This situation seems unnecessarily confusing.

Make things clearer by renaming the origpage offset returned by
_bt_findsplitloc() to "firstrightoff".  We now have a firstright tuple
and a firstrightoff offset number which are comparable to the
newitem/lastleft tuples and the newitemoff/lastleftoff offset numbers
respectively.  Also make sure that we are consistent about how we
describe nbtree page split point state.

Push the responsibility for dealing with pg_upgrade'd !heapkeyspace
indexes down to lower level code, relieving _bt_split() from dealing
with it directly.  This means that we always have a palloc'd left page
high key on the leaf level, no matter what.  This enables simplifying
some of the code (and code comments) within _bt_split().

Finally, restructure the page split code to make it clearer why suffix
truncation (which only takes place during leaf page splits) is
completely different to the first data item truncation that takes place
during internal page splits.  Tuples are marked as having fewer
attributes stored in both cases, and the firstright tuple is truncated
in both cases, so it's easy to imagine somebody missing the distinction.
2020-04-13 16:39:55 -07:00
Andrew Dunstan 7be5d8df1f Use perl warnings pragma consistently
We've had a mixture of the warnings pragma, the -w switch on the shebang
line, and no warnings at all. This patch removes the -w swicth and add
the warnings pragma to all perl sources missing it. It raises the
severity of the TestingAndDebugging::RequireUseWarnings  perlcritic
policy to level 5, so that we catch any future violations.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200412074245.GB623763@rfd.leadboat.com
2020-04-13 11:55:45 -04:00
Amit Kapila ef08ca113f Cosmetic fixups for WAL usage work.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby and Euler Taveira
Author: Justin Pryzby and Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-13 15:31:16 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut 0c620a5803 Improve error messages after LoadLibrary()
Move the file name to a format parameter to ease translatability.  Add
error code where missing.  Make the wording consistent.
2020-04-13 10:24:46 +02:00
Tom Lane 35cb574aa8 Suppress -Wimplicit-fallthrough warning in new LIMIT WITH TIES code.
The placement of the fall-through comment in this code appears not to
work to suppress the warning in recent gcc.  Move it to the bottom of
the case group, and add an assertion that we didn't get there through
some other code path.  Also improve wording of nearby comments.

Julien Rouhaud, comment hacking by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_aLdPGU5wCpaowNLF-Q8328iR7mj1yJAhMOVsdLwY+sdg@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-11 15:02:44 -04:00
Noah Misch 328c70997b Optimize RelationFindReplTupleSeq() for CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS.
Specifically, remember lookup_type_cache() results instead of retrieving
them once per comparison.  Under CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS, this reduced
src/test/subscription/t/001_rep_changes.pl elapsed time by an order of
magnitude, which reduced check-world elapsed time by 9%.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200406085420.GC162712@rfd.leadboat.com
2020-04-11 10:30:12 -07:00
Noah Misch 4216858122 When WalSndCaughtUp, sleep only in WalSndWaitForWal().
Before sleeping, WalSndWaitForWal() sends a keepalive if MyWalSnd->write
< sentPtr.  That is important in logical replication.  When the latest
physical LSN yields no logical replication messages (a common case),
that keepalive elicits a reply, and processing the reply updates
pg_stat_replication.replay_lsn.  WalSndLoop() lacks that; when
WalSndLoop() slept, replay_lsn advancement could stall until
wal_receiver_status_interval elapsed.  This sometimes stalled
src/test/subscription/t/001_rep_changes.pl for up to 10s.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200406063649.GA3738151@rfd.leadboat.com
2020-04-11 10:30:00 -07:00
Tom Lane 969f9d0b4b Make EXPLAIN report maximum hashtable usage across multiple rescans.
Before discarding the old hash table in ExecReScanHashJoin, capture
its statistics, ensuring that we report the maximum hashtable size
across repeated rescans of the hash input relation.  We can repurpose
the existing code for reporting hashtable size in parallel workers
to help with this, making the patch pretty small.  This also ensures
that if rescans happen within parallel workers, we get the correct
maximums across all instances.

Konstantin Knizhnik and Tom Lane, per diagnosis by Thomas Munro
of a trouble report from Alvaro Herrera.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200323165059.GA24950@alvherre.pgsql
2020-04-11 12:39:19 -04:00
Tom Lane 5c27bce7f3 Clear dangling pointer to avoid bogus EXPLAIN printout in a corner case.
ExecReScanHashJoin will destroy the join's hash table if it expects
that the inner relation will produce different rows on rescan.
Up to now it's not bothered to clear the additional pointer to that
hash table that exists in the child HashState node.  However, it's
possible for the query to terminate without building a fresh hash
table (this happens if the outer relation is found to be empty
during the final rescan).  So we can end with a dangling pointer
to a deleted hash table.  That was harmless originally, but since
9.0 EXPLAIN ANALYZE has used that pointer to print hash table
statistics.  In debug builds this reproducibly results in garbage
statistics.  In non-debug builds there's frequently no ill effects,
but in principle one could get wrong EXPLAIN ANALYZE output, or
perhaps even a crash if free() has released the hashtable memory
back to the OS.

To fix, just make sure we clear the additional pointer when destroying
the hash table.  In problematic cases, EXPLAIN ANALYZE will then print
no hashtable statistics (reverting to its pre-9.0 behavior).  This isn't
ideal, but since the problem manifests only in unusual corner cases,
it's hard to justify taking any risks to do better in the back
branches.  A follow-on patch will improve matters in HEAD.

Konstantin Knizhnik and Tom Lane, per diagnosis by Thomas Munro
of a trouble report from Alvaro Herrera.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200323165059.GA24950@alvherre.pgsql
2020-04-11 12:29:06 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 12fb189bfe Fix RELCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE issue
Introduced by 83fd4532a7.  To fix, the
tuple descriptors need to be copied into the current memory context.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/04d78603-edae-9243-9dde-fe3037176a7d@2ndquadrant.com
2020-04-11 15:07:25 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 5a1d0c9925 Fix relcache reference leak
Introduced by 83fd4532a7
2020-04-11 09:44:14 +02:00
Tom Lane 401418ca6a Suppress unused-variable warning.
Ashutosh Bapat

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAG-ACPWPB8Lc_aFj25eiPFqi31YB5vmaZnb39mbHSf5Yej=miA@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-10 12:00:28 -04:00
Michael Paquier dd0f37ecce Fix collection of typos and grammar mistakes in the tree
This fixes some comments and documentation new as of Postgres 13.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200408165653.GF2228@telsasoft.com
2020-04-10 11:18:39 +09:00
Tom Lane 2e0e409e3c Further cleanup of ts_headline code.
Suppress a probably-meaningless uninitialized-variable warning
(induced by my previous patch, I'm sorry to say).

Improve mark_hl_fragments()'s test for overlapping cover strings:
it failed to consider the possibility that the current string is
strictly within another one.  That's unlikely given the preceding
splitting into MaxWords fragments, but I don't think it's impossible.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16345-2e0cf5cddbdcd3b4@postgresql.org
2020-04-09 15:38:43 -04:00
Tom Lane c9b0c678d3 Fix default text search parser's ts_headline code for phrase queries.
This code could produce very poor results when asked to highlight a
string based on a query using phrase-match operators.  The root cause
is that hlCover(), which is supposed to find a minimal substring that
matches the query, was written assuming that word position is not
significant.  I'm only 95% convinced that its algorithm was correct even
for plain AND/OR queries; but it definitely fails completely for phrase
matches, causing it to possibly not identify a cover string at all.

Hence, rewrite hlCover() with a less-tense algorithm that just tries
all the possible substrings, earlier and shorter ones first.  (This is
not as bad as it sounds performance-wise, because all of the string
matching has been done already: the repeated tsquery match checks
boil down to pointer comparisons.)

Unfortunately, since that approach produces more candidate cover
strings than before, it also exposes that there were bugs in the
heuristics in mark_hl_words() for selecting a best cover string.
Fixes there include:
* Do not apply the ShortWord filter to words that appear in the query.
* Remove a misguided optimization for quickly rejecting a cover.
* Fix order-of-operation bug that could cause computation of a
wrong figure of merit (poslen) when shortening a cover.
* Change the preference rule so that candidate headlines that do not
include their whole cover string (after MaxWords trimming) are lowest
priority, since they may not actually satisfy the user's query.

This results in some changes in existing regression test cases,
but they all seem reasonable.  Note in particular that the tests
involving strings like "1 2 3" were previously being affected by
the ShortWord filter, masking the normal matching behavior.

Per bug #16345 from Augustinas Jokubauskas; the new test cases are
based on that example.  Back-patch to 9.6 where phrase search was
added to tsquery.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16345-2e0cf5cddbdcd3b4@postgresql.org
2020-04-09 13:19:23 -04:00
Tom Lane b10f8bb9fd Cosmetic improvements for default text search parser's ts_headline code.
This code was woefully unreadable and under-commented.  Try to improve
matters by adding comments, using some macros to make complicated
if-tests more readable, using boolean type where appropriate, etc.
There are a couple of tiny coding improvements too, but this commit
includes (I hope) no behavioral change.

Nonetheless, back-patch as far as 9.6, because a followup bug-fixing
commit depends on this.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16345-2e0cf5cddbdcd3b4@postgresql.org
2020-04-09 12:36:59 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut e92e4a2b68 Fix CREATE TABLE LIKE INCLUDING GENERATED column order issue
CREATE TABLE LIKE INCLUDING GENERATED would fail if a generated column
referred to a column with a higher attribute number.  This is because
the column mapping mechanism created the mapping incrementally as
columns are added.  This was sufficient for previous uses of that
mechanism (omitting dropped columns), and it also happened to work if
generated columns only referred to columns with lower attribute
numbers, but here it failed.

This fix is to build the attribute mapping in a separate loop before
processing the columns in detail.

Bug: #16342
Reported-by: Ethan Waldo <ewaldo@healthetechs.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2020-04-09 16:36:45 +02:00
Fujii Masao 1ec50a81ec Exclude backup_manifest file that existed in database, from BASE_BACKUP.
If there is already a backup_manifest file in the database cluster,
it belongs to the past backup that was used to start this server.
It is not correct for the backup being taken now. So this commit
changes pg_basebackup so that it always skips such backup_manifest
file. The backup_manifest file for the current backup will be injected
separately if users want it.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/78f76a3d-1a28-a97d-0394-5c96985dd1c0@oss.nttdata.com
2020-04-09 22:37:11 +09:00
Amit Kapila 5c71362174 Allow parallel create index to accumulate buffer usage stats.
Currently, we don't account for buffer usage incurred by parallel workers
for parallel create index.  This commit allows each worker to record the
buffer usage stats and leader backend to accumulate that stats at the
end of the operation.  This will allow pg_stat_statements to display
correct buffer usage stats for (parallel) create index command.

Reported-by: Julien Rouhaud
Author: Sawada Masahiko
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Julien Rouhaud and Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 11, where this was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200328151721.GB12854@nol
2020-04-09 09:49:30 +05:30
Thomas Munro d140f2f3e2 Rationalize GetWalRcv{Write,Flush}RecPtr().
GetWalRcvWriteRecPtr() previously reported the latest *flushed*
location.  Adopt the conventional terminology used elsewhere in the tree
by renaming it to GetWalRcvFlushRecPtr(), and likewise for some related
variables that used the term "received".

Add a new definition of GetWalRcvWriteRecPtr(), which returns the latest
*written* value.  This will allow later patches to use the value for
non-data-integrity purposes, without having to wait for the flush
pointer to advance.

Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq%3DAovOddfHpA%40mail.gmail.com
2020-04-08 23:45:09 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut 83fd4532a7 Allow publishing partition changes via ancestors
To control whether partition changes are replicated using their own
identity and schema or an ancestor's, add a new parameter that can be
set per publication named 'publish_via_partition_root'.

This allows replicating a partitioned table into a different partition
structure on the subscriber.

Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.pghackers@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-08 11:19:23 +02:00
Alexander Korotkov 1aac32df89 Revert 0f5ca02f53
0f5ca02f53 introduces 3 new keywords.  It appears to be too much for relatively
small feature.  Given now we past feature freeze, it's already late for
discussion of the new syntax.  So, revert.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28209.1586294824%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-04-08 11:37:27 +03:00
David Rowley 02a2e8b442 Modify additional power 2 calculations to use new helper functions
2nd pass of modifying various places which obtain the next power
of 2 of a number and make them use the new functions added in
f0705bb62.

In passing, also modify num_combinations(). This can be implemented
using simple bitshifting rather than looping.

Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114173553.GE32763%40fetter.org
2020-04-08 18:29:51 +12:00
Michael Paquier c0187869a0 Fix crash when using COLLATE in partition bound expressions
Attempting to use a COLLATE clause with a type that it not collatable in
a partition bound expression could crash the server.  This commit fixes
the code by adding more checks similar to what is done when computing
index or partition attributes by making sure that there is a collation
iff the type is collatable.

Backpatch down to 12, as 7c079d7 introduced this problem.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Dmitry Dolgov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16325-809194cf742313ab@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 12
2020-04-08 15:04:51 +09:00
David Rowley d025cf88ba Modify various power 2 calculations to use new helper functions
First pass of modifying various places that obtain the next power of 2 of
a number and make them use the new functions added in pg_bitutils.h
instead.

This also removes the _hash_log2() function. There are no longer any
callers in core. Other users can swap their _hash_log2(n) call to make use
of pg_ceil_log2_32(n).

Author: David Fetter, with some minor adjustments by me
Reviewed-by: John Naylor, Jesse Zhang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114173553.GE32763%40fetter.org
2020-04-08 16:55:03 +12:00
Jeff Davis 50a38f6517 Create memory context for HashAgg with a reasonable maxBlockSize.
If the memory context's maxBlockSize is too big, a single block
allocation can suddenly exceed work_mem. For Hash Aggregation, this
can mean spilling to disk too early or reporting a confusing memory
usage number for EXPLAN ANALYZE.

Introduce CreateWorkExprContext(), which is like CreateExprContext(),
except that it creates the AllocSet with a maxBlockSize that is
reasonable in proportion to work_mem.

Right now, CreateWorkExprContext() is only used by Hash Aggregation,
but it may be generally useful in the future.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/412a3fbf306f84d8d78c4009e11791867e62b87c.camel@j-davis.com
2020-04-07 21:25:28 -07:00
Tom Lane 7a5d74b7dd Put back mistakenly removed #include.
In commit 4dbcb3f84 I removed some code from parse_coerce.c, and also
removed some apparently-no-longer-needed #includes.  But removing
datum.h broke some not-compiled-by-default code.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200407205436.pyjhddw5bn5upvsu@development
2020-04-08 00:10:16 -04:00
Thomas Munro 3985b600f5 Support PrefetchBuffer() in recovery.
Provide PrefetchSharedBuffer(), a variant that takes SMgrRelation, for
use in recovery.  Rename LocalPrefetchBuffer() to PrefetchLocalBuffer()
for consistency.

Add a return value to all of these.  In recovery, tolerate and report
missing files, so we can handle relations unlinked before crash recovery
began.  Also report cache hits and misses, so that callers can do faster
buffer lookups and better I/O accounting.

Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq%3DAovOddfHpA%40mail.gmail.com
2020-04-08 14:56:57 +12:00
Tom Lane 981643dcdb Allow partitionwise join to handle nested FULL JOIN USING cases.
This case didn't work because columns merged by FULL JOIN USING are
represented in the parse tree by COALESCE expressions, and the logic
for recognizing a partitionable join failed to match upper-level join
clauses to such expressions.  To fix, synthesize suitable COALESCE
expressions and add them to the nullable_partexprs lists.  This is
pretty ugly and brute-force, but it gets the job done.  (I have
ambitions of rethinking the way outer-join output Vars are
represented, so maybe that will provide a cleaner solution someday.
For now, do this.)

Amit Langote, reviewed by Justin Pryzby, Richard Guo, and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-07 22:12:14 -04:00
Etsuro Fujita c8434d64ce Allow partitionwise joins in more cases.
Previously, the partitionwise join technique only allowed partitionwise
join when input partitioned tables had exactly the same partition
bounds.  This commit extends the technique to some cases when the tables
have different partition bounds, by using an advanced partition-matching
algorithm introduced by this commit.  For both the input partitioned
tables, the algorithm checks whether every partition of one input
partitioned table only matches one partition of the other input
partitioned table at most, and vice versa.  In such a case the join
between the tables can be broken down into joins between the matching
partitions, so the algorithm produces the pairs of the matching
partitions, plus the partition bounds for the join relation, to allow
partitionwise join for computing the join.  Currently, the algorithm
works for list-partitioned and range-partitioned tables, but not
hash-partitioned tables.  See comments in partition_bounds_merge().

Ashutosh Bapat and Etsuro Fujita, most of regression tests by Rajkumar
Raghuwanshi, some of the tests by Mark Dilger and Amul Sul, reviewed by
Dmitry Dolgov and Amul Sul, with additional review at various points by
Ashutosh Bapat, Mark Dilger, Robert Haas, Antonin Houska, Amit Langote,
Justin Pryzby, and Tomas Vondra

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRdjQvaUEV5DJX3TW6pU5eq54NCkadtxHX2JiJG_GvbrCA@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-08 10:25:00 +09:00
Tom Lane 41a194f491 Fix circle_in to accept "(x,y),r" as it's advertised to do.
Our documentation describes four allowed input syntaxes for circles,
but the regression tests tried only three ... with predictable
consequences.  Remarkably, this has been wrong since the circle
datatype was added in 1997, but nobody noticed till now.

David Zhang, with some help from me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/332c47fa-d951-7574-b5cc-a8f7f7201202@highgo.ca
2020-04-07 20:50:28 -04:00
Andres Freund 75848bc744 snapshot scalability: Move delayChkpt from PGXACT to PGPROC.
The goal of separating hotly accessed per-backend data from PGPROC
into PGXACT is to make accesses fast (GetSnapshotData() in
particular). But delayChkpt is not actually accessed frequently; only
when starting a checkpoint. As it is frequently modified (multiple
times in the course of a single transaction), storing it in the same
cacheline as hotly accessed data unnecessarily dirties a contended
cacheline.

Therefore move delayChkpt to PGPROC.

This is part of a larger series of patches intending to improve
GetSnapshotData() scalability. It is committed and pushed separately,
as it is independently beneficial (small but measurable win, limited
by the other frequent modifications of PGXACT).

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200301083601.ews6hz5dduc3w2se@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-04-07 17:36:23 -07:00
Tomas Vondra 2b88fdde30 Track SLRU page hits in SimpleLruReadPage_ReadOnly
SLRU page hits were tracked only in SimpleLruReadPage, but that's not
enough because we may hit the page in SimpleLruReadPage_ReadOnly in
which case we don't call SimpleLruReadPage at all.

Reported-by: Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200119143707.gyinppnigokesjok@development
2020-04-08 02:15:47 +02:00
Andres Freund 91c40548d5 Fix XLogReader FD leak that makes backends unusable after 2PC usage.
Before the fix every 2PC commit/abort leaked a file descriptor. As the
files are opened using BasicOpenFile(), that quickly leads to the
backend running out of file descriptors.

Once enough 2PC abort/commit have caused enough FDs to leak, any IO
in the backend will fail with "Too many open files", as
BasicOpenFilePerm() will have triggered all open files known to fd.c
to be closed.

The leak causing the problem at hand is a consequence of 0dc8ead46,
but is only exascerbated by it. Previously most XLogPageReadCB
callbacks used static variables to cache one open file, but after the
commit the cache is private to each XLogReader instance. There never
was infrastructure to close FDs at the time of XLogReaderFree, but the
way XLogReader was used limited the leak to one FD.

This commit just closes the during XLogReaderFree() if the FD is
stored in XLogReaderState.seg.ws_segno. This may not be the way to
solve this medium/long term, but at least unbreaks 2PC.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200406025651.fpzdb5yyb7qyhqko@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-04-07 17:03:04 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan 60cbd7751c Remove nbtree BTreeTupleSetAltHeapTID() function.
Since heap TID is supposed to be just another key attribute to the
implementation, it doesn't make much sense to have separate
BTreeTupleSetNAtts() and BTreeTupleSetAltHeapTID() functions.  Merge the
two functions together.  This slightly simplifies _bt_truncate().
2020-04-07 15:56:52 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera c655077639
Allow users to limit storage reserved by replication slots
Replication slots are useful to retain data that may be needed by a
replication system.  But experience has shown that allowing them to
retain excessive data can lead to the primary failing because of running
out of space.  This new feature allows the user to configure a maximum
amount of space to be reserved using the new option
max_slot_wal_keep_size.  Slots that overrun that space are invalidated
at checkpoint time, enabling the storage to be released.

Author: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI <horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170228.122736.123383594.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
2020-04-07 18:35:00 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov 0f5ca02f53 Implement waiting for given lsn at transaction start
This commit adds following optional clause to BEGIN and START TRANSACTION
commands.

  WAIT FOR LSN lsn [ TIMEOUT timeout ]

New clause pospones transaction start till given lsn is applied on standby.
This clause allows user be sure, that changes previously made on primary would
be visible on standby.

New shared memory struct is used to track awaited lsn per backend.  Recovery
process wakes up backend once required lsn is applied.

Author: Ivan Kartyshov, Anna Akenteva
Reviewed-by: Craig Ringer, Thomas Munro, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Ants Aasma, Dmitry Ivanov, Simon Riggs
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0240c26c-9f84-30ea-fca9-93ab2df5f305%40postgrespro.ru
2020-04-07 23:51:10 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera 357889eb17
Support FETCH FIRST WITH TIES
WITH TIES is an option to the FETCH FIRST N ROWS clause (the SQL
standard's spelling of LIMIT), where you additionally get rows that
compare equal to the last of those N rows by the columns in the
mandatory ORDER BY clause.

There was a proposal by Andrew Gierth to implement this functionality in
a more powerful way that would yield more features, but the other patch
had not been finished at this time, so we decided to use this one for
now in the spirit of incremental development.

Author: Surafel Temesgen <surafel3000@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALAY4q9ky7rD_A4vf=FVQvCGngm3LOes-ky0J6euMrg=_Se+ag@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87o8wvz253.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2020-04-07 16:22:13 -04:00
Tom Lane 26a944cf29 Adjust bytea get_bit/set_bit to use int8 not int4 for bit numbering.
Since the existing bit number argument can't exceed INT32_MAX, it's
not possible for these functions to manipulate bits beyond the first
256MB of a bytea value.  Lift that restriction by redeclaring the
bit number arguments as int8 (which requires a catversion bump,
hence is not back-patchable).

The similarly-named functions for bit/varbit don't really have a
problem because we restrict those types to at most VARBITMAXLEN bits;
hence leave them alone.

While here, extend the encode/decode functions in utils/adt/encode.c
to allow dealing with values wider than 1GB.  This is not a live bug
or restriction in current usage, because no input could be more than
1GB, and since none of the encoders can expand a string more than 4X,
the result size couldn't overflow uint32.  But it might be desirable
to support more in future, so make the input length values size_t
and the potential-output-length values uint64.

Also add some test cases to improve the miserable code coverage
of these functions.

Movead Li, editorialized some by me; also reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200312115135445367128@highgo.ca
2020-04-07 15:57:58 -04:00
Tomas Vondra 9c74ceb20b Remove debugging elog from pgstat_recv_resetslrucounter
Reported-by: Thomas Munro
2020-04-07 19:20:20 +02:00
Tomas Vondra d22782a539 Minor improvements in Incremental Sort explain
Some places still used "Maximum" instead of "Peak" when displaying info
about sort space, so fix that. Also, add a comment clarifying why it's
correct to check the number of full/prefix sort groups.

Author: James Coleman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfds1waRZ=NOmueYq0sx1ZSCnt+5QJvizT8ndT2=etZEeAQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-07 18:25:13 +02:00
Fujii Masao 4bd0ad9e44 Prevent archive recovery from scanning non-existent WAL files.
Previously when there were multiple timelines listed in the history file
of the recovery target timeline, archive recovery searched all of them,
starting from the newest timeline to the oldest one, to find the segment
to read. That is, archive recovery had to continuously fail scanning
the segment until it reached the timeline that the segment belonged to.
These scans for non-existent segment could be harmful on the recovery
performance especially when archival area was located on the remote
storage and each scan could take a long time.

To address the issue, this commit changes archive recovery so that
it skips scanning the timeline that the segment to read doesn't belong to.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi, tweaked a bit by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: David Steele, Pavel Suderevsky, Grigory Smolkin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16159-f5a34a3a04dc67e0@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200129.120222.1476610231001551715.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2020-04-08 00:49:29 +09:00
Tomas Vondra ba3e76cc57 Consider Incremental Sort paths at additional places
Commit d2d8a229bc introduced Incremental Sort, but it was considered
only in create_ordered_paths() as an alternative to regular Sort. There
are many other places that require sorted input and might benefit from
considering Incremental Sort too.

This patch modifies a number of those places, but not all. The concern
is that just adding Incremental Sort to any place that already adds
Sort may increase the number of paths considered, negatively affecting
planning time, without any benefit. So we've taken a more conservative
approach, based on analysis of which places do affect a set of queries
that did seem practical. This means some less common queries may not
benefit from Incremental Sort yet.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: James Coleman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfds1waRZ=NOmueYq0sx1ZSCnt+5QJvizT8ndT2=etZEeAQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-07 16:43:22 +02:00
Tom Lane c7654f6a37 Fix representation of SORT_TYPE_STILL_IN_PROGRESS.
It turns out that the code did indeed rely on a zeroed
TuplesortInstrumentation.sortMethod field to indicate
"this worker never did anything", although it seems the
issue only comes up during certain race-condition-y cases.

Hence, rearrange the TuplesortMethod enum to restore
SORT_TYPE_STILL_IN_PROGRESS to having the value zero,
and add some comments reinforcing that that isn't optional.

Also future-proof a loop over the possible values of the enum.
sizeof(bits32) happened to be the correct limit value,
but only by purest coincidence.

Per buildfarm and local investigation.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12222.1586223974@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-04-06 22:22:13 -04:00
Thomas Munro 4c04be9b05 Introduce xid8-based functions to replace txid_XXX.
The txid_XXX family of fmgr functions exposes 64 bit transaction IDs to
users as int8.  Now that we have an SQL type xid8 for FullTransactionId,
define a new set of functions including pg_current_xact_id() and
pg_current_snapshot() based on that.  Keep the old functions around too,
for now.

It's a bit sneaky to use the same C functions for both, but since the
binary representation is identical except for the signedness of the
type, and since older functions are the ones using the wrong signedness,
and since we'll presumably drop the older ones after a reasonable period
of time, it seems reasonable to switch to FullTransactionId internally
and share the code for both.

Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Takao Fujii <btfujiitkp@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Yoshikazu Imai <imai.yoshikazu@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <mark.dilger@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190725000636.666m5mad25wfbrri%40alap3.anarazel.de
2020-04-07 12:04:32 +12:00
Thomas Munro aeec457de8 Add SQL type xid8 to expose FullTransactionId to users.
Similar to xid, but 64 bits wide.  This new type is suitable for use in
various system views and administration functions.

Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Takao Fujii <btfujiitkp@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Yoshikazu Imai <imai.yoshikazu@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <mark.dilger@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190725000636.666m5mad25wfbrri%40alap3.anarazel.de
2020-04-07 12:03:59 +12:00
Tomas Vondra 4bea576b03 Use INT64_FORMAT when formatting int64 values in explain
Per report from lapwing.
2020-04-07 01:16:57 +02:00
Peter Geoghegan ce2cee0ade Fix nbtree kill_prior_tuple posting list assert.
An assertion added by commit 0d861bbb checked that _bt_killitems() only
processes a BTScanPosItem whose heap TID is contained in a posting list
tuple when its page offset number still matches what is on the page
(i.e. when it matches the posting list tuple's current offset number).
This was only correct in the common case where the page can't have
changed since we first read it.  It was not correct in cases where we
don't drop the buffer pin (and don't need to verify the page hasn't
changed using its LSN).  The latter category includes scans involving
unlogged tables, and scans that use a non-MVCC snapshot, per the logic
originally introduced by commit 2ed5b87f.

The assertion still seems helpful.  Fix it by taking cases where the
page may have been concurrently modified into account.

Reported-By: Anastasia Lubennikova, Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c4e38e9a-0f9c-8e53-e639-adf343f94472@postgrespro.ru
2020-04-06 14:46:33 -07:00
Tomas Vondra 7d6d82a524 Fix show_incremental_sort_info with force_parallel_mode
When executed with force_parallel_mode=regress, the function was exiting
too early and thus failed to print the worker stats. Fixed by making it
more like show_sort_info.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfds1waRZ=NOmueYq0sx1ZSCnt+5QJvizT8ndT2=etZEeAQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-06 23:19:13 +02:00
Tomas Vondra d2d8a229bc Implement Incremental Sort
Incremental Sort is an optimized variant of multikey sort for cases when
the input is already sorted by a prefix of the requested sort keys. For
example when the relation is already sorted by (key1, key2) and we need
to sort it by (key1, key2, key3) we can simply split the input rows into
groups having equal values in (key1, key2), and only sort/compare the
remaining column key3.

This has a number of benefits:

- Reduced memory consumption, because only a single group (determined by
  values in the sorted prefix) needs to be kept in memory. This may also
  eliminate the need to spill to disk.

- Lower startup cost, because Incremental Sort produce results after each
  prefix group, which is beneficial for plans where startup cost matters
  (like for example queries with LIMIT clause).

We consider both Sort and Incremental Sort, and decide based on costing.

The implemented algorithm operates in two different modes:

- Fetching a minimum number of tuples without check of equality on the
  prefix keys, and sorting on all columns when safe.

- Fetching all tuples for a single prefix group and then sorting by
  comparing only the remaining (non-prefix) keys.

We always start in the first mode, and employ a heuristic to switch into
the second mode if we believe it's beneficial - the goal is to minimize
the number of unnecessary comparions while keeping memory consumption
below work_mem.

This is a very old patch series. The idea was originally proposed by
Alexander Korotkov back in 2013, and then revived in 2017. In 2018 the
patch was taken over by James Coleman, who wrote and rewrote most of the
current code.

There were many reviewers/contributors since 2013 - I've done my best to
pick the most active ones, and listed them in this commit message.

Author: James Coleman, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andreas Karlsson, Marti Raudsepp, Peter Geoghegan, Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Antonin Houska, Andres Freund, Alexander Kuzmenkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdscOX5an71nHd8WSUH6GNOCf=V7wgDaTXdDd9=goN-gfA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfds1waRZ=NOmueYq0sx1ZSCnt+5QJvizT8ndT2=etZEeAQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-06 21:35:10 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut f1ac27bfda Add logical replication support to replicate into partitioned tables
Mainly, this adds support code in logical/worker.c for applying
replicated operations whose target is a partitioned table to its
relevant partitions.

Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.pghackers@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-06 15:15:52 +02:00
Amit Kapila b7ce6de93b Allow autovacuum to log WAL usage statistics.
This commit allows autovacuum to log WAL usage statistics added by commit
df3b181499.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-06 16:24:51 +05:30
Michael Paquier 8ef9451f58 Refactor cluster.c to use new routine get_index_isclustered()
This new cache lookup routine has been introduced in a40caf5, and more
code paths can directly use it.

Note that in cluster_rel(), the code was returning immediately if the
tuple's entry in pg_index for the clustered index was not valid.  This
commit changes the code so as a lookup error is raised instead,
something that could not happen from the start as we check for the
existence of the index beforehand, while holding an exclusive lock on
the parent table.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200202161718.GI13621@telsasoft.com
2020-04-06 11:44:23 +09:00
Amit Kapila 33e05f89c5 Add the option to report WAL usage in EXPLAIN and auto_explain.
This commit adds a new option WAL similar to existing option BUFFERS in the
EXPLAIN command.  This option allows to include information on WAL record
generation added by commit df3b181499 in EXPLAIN output.

This also allows the WAL usage information to be displayed via
the auto_explain module.  A new parameter auto_explain.log_wal controls
whether WAL usage statistics are printed when an execution plan is logged.
This parameter has no effect unless auto_explain.log_analyze is enabled.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-06 08:02:15 +05:30
Michael Paquier a40caf5f86 Preserve clustered index after rewrites with ALTER TABLE
A table rewritten by ALTER TABLE would lose tracking of an index usable
for CLUSTER.  This setting is tracked by pg_index.indisclustered and is
controlled by ALTER TABLE, so some extra work was needed to restore it
properly.  Note that ALTER TABLE only marks the index that can be used
for clustering, and does not do the actual operation.

Author: Amit Langote, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200202161718.GI13621@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 9.5
2020-04-06 11:03:49 +09:00
Andres Freund fc3f4453a2 Recompute stack base in forked postmaster children.
This is for the benefit of running postgres under the rr
debugger. When using rr signal handlers running while a syscall is
active use an alternative stack. As e.g. bgworkers are started from
within signal handlers, the forked backend then has a different stack
base than postmaster. Previously that subsequently lead to those
processes triggering spurious "stack depth limit exceeded" errors.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200327182217.ubrrl32lyfhxfwk5@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-04-05 18:23:30 -07:00
Andres Freund f946069e68 Use TransactionXmin instead of RecentGlobalXmin in heap_abort_speculative().
There's a very low risk that RecentGlobalXmin could be far enough in
the past to be older than relfrozenxid, or even wrapped
around. Luckily the consequences of that having happened wouldn't be
too bad - the page wouldn't be pruned for a while.

Avoid that risk by using TransactionXmin instead. As that's announced
via MyPgXact->xmin, it is protected against wrapping around (see code
comments for details around relfrozenxid).

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200328213023.s4eyijhdosuc4vcj@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.5-
2020-04-05 17:47:30 -07:00
Andres Freund 549a3e23c3 Fix recently introduced typo.
Reported-By: David Rowley
2020-04-05 12:03:09 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut a9d9bdd3ad Save errno across LWLockRelease() calls
Fixup for "Drop slot's LWLock before returning from SaveSlotToPath()"

Reported-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2020-04-05 10:02:00 +02:00
Tom Lane 07871d40c7 Remove bogus Assert, add some regression test cases showing why.
Commit 77ec5affb added an assertion to enforce_generic_type_consistency
that boils down to "if the function result is polymorphic, there must be
at least one polymorphic argument".  This should be true for user-created
functions, but there are built-in functions for which it's not true, as
pointed out by Jaime Casanova.  Hence, go back to the old behavior of
leaving the return type alone.  There's only a limited amount of stuff
you can do with such a function result, but it does work to some extent;
add some regression test cases to ensure we don't break that again.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeMbhtsCUZgJJ8h8XxAJbK7U2ipsX8wkHRtZRz-NieT8RA@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-04 18:03:30 -04:00
Noah Misch c6b92041d3 Skip WAL for new relfilenodes, under wal_level=minimal.
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this.  If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY.  See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules.  Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.

To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL.  A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice.  If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold.  Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.

Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode.  Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid.  Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node.  Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.

Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, since this introduces XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN.
Future servers accept older WAL, so this bump is discretionary.

Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas.  Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem.  Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs.  Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
2020-04-04 12:25:34 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 552fcebff0 Revert "Improve handling of parameter differences in physical replication"
This reverts commit 246f136e76.

That patch wasn't quite complete enough.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/E1jIpJu-0007Ql-CL%40gemulon.postgresql.org
2020-04-04 09:08:12 +02:00
Amit Kapila df3b181499 Add infrastructure to track WAL usage.
This allows gathering the WAL generation statistics for each statement
execution.  The three statistics that we collect are the number of WAL
records, the number of full page writes and the amount of WAL bytes
generated.

This helps the users who have write-intensive workload to see the impact
of I/O due to WAL.  This further enables us to see approximately what
percentage of overall WAL is due to full page writes.

In the future, we can extend this functionality to allow us to compute the
the exact amount of WAL data due to full page writes.

This patch in itself is just an infrastructure to compute WAL usage data.
The upcoming patches will expose this data via explain, auto_explain,
pg_stat_statements and verbose (auto)vacuum output.

Author: Kirill Bychik, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Fujii Masao and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-hujrP8ZfUkvL5OYETipQwA=e3n7oqHFU=4ZLxWS_Cza3kQQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-04 10:02:08 +05:30
Jeff Davis 0588ee63aa Include chunk overhead in hash table entry size estimate.
Don't try to be precise about it, just use a constant 16 bytes of
chunk overhead. Being smarter would require knowing the memory context
where the chunk will be allocated, which is not known by all callers.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200325220936.il3ni2fj2j2b45y5@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-04-03 20:07:58 -07:00
Robert Haas 3e0d80fd8d Fix resource management bug with replication=database.
Commit 0d8c9c1210 allowed BASE_BACKUP to
acquire a ResourceOwner without a transaction so that the backup
manifest functionality could use a BufFile, but it overlooked the fact
that when a walsender is used with replication=database, it might have
a transaction in progress, because in that mode, SQL and replication
commands can be mixed.  Try to fix things up so that the two cleanup
mechanisms don't conflict.

Per buildfarm member serinus, which triggered the problem when
CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT failed from inside a transaction.  It passed
on the subsequent run, so evidently the failure doesn't happen every
time.
2020-04-03 22:28:37 -04:00
Robert Haas db1531cae0 Be more careful about time_t vs. pg_time_t in basebackup.c.
lapwing is complaining that about a call to pg_gmtime, saying that
it "expected 'const pg_time_t *' but argument is of type 'time_t *'".
I at first thought that the problem had someting to do with const,
but Thomas Munro suggested that it might be just because time_t
and pg_time_t are different identifers. lapwing is i686 rather than
x86_64, and pg_time_t is always int64, so that seems like a good
guess.

There is other code that just casts time_t to pg_time_t without
any conversion function, so try that approach here.

Introduced in commit 0d8c9c1210.
2020-04-03 20:18:47 -04:00
Tom Lane 0568e7a2a4 Cosmetic improvements for code related to partitionwise join.
Move have_partkey_equi_join and match_expr_to_partition_keys to
relnode.c, since they're used only there.  Refactor
build_joinrel_partition_info to split out the code that fills the
joinrel's partition key lists; this doesn't have any non-cosmetic
impact, but it seems like a useful separation of concerns.
Improve assorted nearby comments.

Amit Langote, with a little further editorialization by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG2WVUGmLJqtR0tPFhniO=H=9qQ+Z3L_ZC+Y3-EVQHFGg@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-03 17:00:35 -04:00
Robert Haas 0d8c9c1210 Generate backup manifests for base backups, and validate them.
A manifest is a JSON document which includes (1) the file name, size,
last modification time, and an optional checksum for each file backed
up, (2) timelines and LSNs for whatever WAL will need to be replayed
to make the backup consistent, and (3) a checksum for the manifest
itself. By default, we use CRC-32C when checksumming data files,
because we are trying to detect corruption and user error, not foil an
adversary. However, pg_basebackup and the server-side BASE_BACKUP
command now have options to select a different algorithm, so users
wanting a cryptographic hash function can select SHA-224, SHA-256,
SHA-384, or SHA-512. Users not wanting file checksums at all can
disable them, or disable generating of the backup manifest altogether.
Using a cryptographic hash function in place of CRC-32C consumes
significantly more CPU cycles, which may slow down backups in some
cases.

A new tool called pg_validatebackup can validate a backup against the
manifest. If no checksums are present, it can still check that the
right files exist and that they have the expected sizes. If checksums
are present, it can also verify that each file has the expected
checksum. Additionally, it calls pg_waldump to verify that the
expected WAL files are present and parseable. Only plain format
backups can be validated directly, but tar format backups can be
validated after extracting them.

Robert Haas, with help, ideas, review, and testing from David Steele,
Stephen Frost, Andrew Dunstan, Rushabh Lathia, Suraj Kharage, Tushar
Ahuja, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Mark Dilger, Davinder Singh, Jeevan
Chalke, Amit Kapila, Andres Freund, and Noah Misch.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZV8dw1H2bzZ9xkKwdrk8+XYa+DC9H=F7heO2zna5T6qg@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-03 15:05:59 -04:00
Fujii Masao ce77abe63c Include information on buffer usage during planning phase, in EXPLAIN output, take two.
When BUFFERS option is enabled, EXPLAIN command includes the information
on buffer usage during each plan node, in its output. In addition to that,
this commit makes EXPLAIN command include also the information on
buffer usage during planning phase, in its output. This feature makes it
easier to discern the cases where lots of buffer access happen during
planning.

This commit revives the original commit ed7a509571 that was reverted by
commit 19db23bcbd. The original commit had to be reverted because
it caused the regression test failure on the buildfarm members prion and
dory. But since commit c0885c4c30 got rid of the caues of the test failure,
the original commit can be safely introduced again.

Author: Julien Rouhaud, slightly revised by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16109-26a1a88651e90608@postgresql.org
2020-04-04 03:13:17 +09:00
Tom Lane e41955faf0 Fix bugs in gin_fuzzy_search_limit processing.
entryGetItem()'s three code paths each contained bugs associated
with filtering the entries for gin_fuzzy_search_limit.

The posting-tree path failed to advance "advancePast" after having
decided to filter an item.  If we ran out of items on the current
page and needed to advance to the next, what would actually happen
is that entryLoadMoreItems() would re-load the same page.  Eventually,
the random dropItem() test would accept one of the same items it'd
previously rejected, and we'd move on --- but it could take awhile
with small gin_fuzzy_search_limit.  To add insult to injury, this
case would inevitably cause entryLoadMoreItems() to decide it needed
to re-descend from the root, making things even slower.

The posting-list path failed to implement gin_fuzzy_search_limit
filtering at all, so that all entries in the posting list would
be returned.

The bitmap-result path used a "gotitem" variable that it failed to
update in the one place where it'd actually make a difference, ie
at the one "continue" statement.  I think this was unreachable in
practice, because if we'd looped around then it shouldn't be the
case that the entries on the new page are before advancePast.
Still, the "gotitem" variable was contributing nothing to either
clarity or correctness, so get rid of it.

Refactor all three loops so that the termination conditions are
more alike and less unreadable.

The code coverage report showed that we had no coverage at all for
the re-descend-from-root code path in entryLoadMoreItems(), which
seems like a very bad thing, so add a test case that exercises it.
We also had exactly no coverage for gin_fuzzy_search_limit, so add a
simplistic test case that at least hits those code paths a little bit.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Adé Heyward and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEknJCdS-dE1Heddptm7ay2xTbSeADbkaQ8bU2AXRCVC2LdtKQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-03 13:15:45 -04:00
Tom Lane 6dd9f35779 Fix bogus CALLED_AS_TRIGGER() defenses.
contrib/lo's lo_manage() thought it could use
trigdata->tg_trigger->tgname in its error message about
not being called as a trigger.  That naturally led to a core dump.

unique_key_recheck() figured it could Assert that fcinfo->context
is a TriggerData node in advance of having checked that it's
being called as a trigger.  That's harmless in production builds,
and perhaps not that easy to reach in any case, but it's logically
wrong.

The first of these per bug #16340 from William Crowell;
the second from manual inspection of other CALLED_AS_TRIGGER
call sites.

Back-patch the lo.c change to all supported branches, the
other to v10 where the thinko crept in.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16340-591c7449dc7c8c47@postgresql.org
2020-04-03 11:24:56 -04:00
Fujii Masao 19db23bcbd Revert "Include information on buffer usage during planning phase, in EXPLAIN output."
This reverts commit ed7a509571.

Per buildfarm member prion.
2020-04-03 12:20:42 +09:00
Fujii Masao 18808f8c89 Add wait events for recovery conflicts.
This commit introduces new wait events RecoveryConflictSnapshot and
RecoveryConflictTablespace. The former is reported while waiting for
recovery conflict resolution on a vacuum cleanup. The latter is reported
while waiting for recovery conflict resolution on dropping tablespace.

Also this commit changes the code so that the wait event Lock is reported
while waiting in ResolveRecoveryConflictWithVirtualXIDs() for recovery
conflict resolution on a lock. Basically the wait event Lock is reported
during that wait, but previously was not reported only when that wait
happened in ResolveRecoveryConflictWithVirtualXIDs().

Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k4mXWTwfQLS3RPwGr4xnfAEs1ysFfgYHvmmoUgv6Zxvmg@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-03 12:15:56 +09:00
Fujii Masao ed7a509571 Include information on buffer usage during planning phase, in EXPLAIN output.
When BUFFERS option is enabled, EXPLAIN command includes the information
on buffer usage during each plan node, in its output. In addition to that,
this commit makes EXPLAIN command include also the information on
buffer usage during planning phase, in its output. This feature makes it
easier to discern the cases where lots of buffer access happen during
planning.

Author: Julien Rouhaud, slightly revised by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16109-26a1a88651e90608@postgresql.org
2020-04-03 11:27:09 +09:00
Tom Lane 0b34e7d307 Improve user control over truncation of logged bind-parameter values.
This patch replaces the boolean GUC log_parameters_on_error introduced
by commit ba79cb5dc with an integer log_parameter_max_length_on_error,
adding the ability to specify how many bytes to trim each logged
parameter value to.  (The previous coding hard-wired that choice at
64 bytes.)

In addition, add a new parameter log_parameter_max_length that provides
similar control over truncation of query parameters that are logged in
response to statement-logging options, as opposed to errors.  Previous
releases always logged such parameters in full, possibly causing log
bloat.

For backwards compatibility with prior releases,
log_parameter_max_length defaults to -1 (log in full), while
log_parameter_max_length_on_error defaults to 0 (no logging).

Per discussion, log_parameter_max_length is SUSET since the DBA should
control routine logging behavior, but log_parameter_max_length_on_error
is USERSET because it also affects errcontext data sent back to the
client.

Alexey Bashtanov, editorialized a little by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b10493cc-a399-a03a-67c7-068f2791ee50@imap.cc
2020-04-02 15:04:51 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 2991ac5fc9 Add SQL functions for Unicode normalization
This adds SQL expressions NORMALIZE() and IS NORMALIZED to convert and
check Unicode normal forms, per SQL standard.

To support fast IS NORMALIZED tests, we pull in a new data file
DerivedNormalizationProps.txt from Unicode and build a lookup table
from that, using techniques similar to ones already used for other
Unicode data.  make update-unicode will keep it up to date.  We only
build and use these tables for the NFC and NFKC forms, because they
are too big for NFD and NFKD and the improvement is not significant
enough there.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c1909f27-c269-2ed9-12f8-3ab72c8caf7a@2ndquadrant.com
2020-04-02 08:56:27 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut c6e0edad46 Add some comments to some SQL features
Otherwise, it could be confusing to a reader that some of these
well-publicized features are simply listed as unsupported without
further explanation.
2020-04-02 07:52:20 +02:00
Thomas Munro 37b3794dfc Add maintenance_io_concurrency to postgresql.conf.sample.
New GUC from commit fc34b0d9.
2020-04-02 16:50:36 +13:00
Amit Kapila 3a5e22138a Allow parallel vacuum to accumulate buffer usage.
Commit 40d964ec99 allowed vacuum command to process indexes in parallel but
forgot to accumulate the buffer usage stats of parallel workers.  This
allows leader backend to accumulate buffer usage stats of all the parallel
workers.

Reported-by: Julien Rouhaud
Author: Sawada Masahiko
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila and Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200328151721.GB12854@nol
2020-04-02 08:04:58 +05:30
Tomas Vondra 28cac71bd3 Collect statistics about SLRU caches
There's a number of SLRU caches used to access important data like clog,
commit timestamps, multixact, asynchronous notifications, etc. Until now
we had no easy way to monitor these shared caches, compute hit ratios,
number of reads/writes etc.

This commit extends the statistics collector to track this information
for a predefined list of SLRUs, and also introduces a new system view
pg_stat_slru displaying the data.

The list of built-in SLRUs is fixed, but additional SLRUs may be defined
in extensions. Unfortunately, there's no suitable registry of SLRUs, so
this patch simply defines a fixed list of SLRUs with entries for the
built-in ones and one entry for all additional SLRUs. Extensions adding
their own SLRU are fairly rare, so this seems acceptable.

This patch only allows monitoring of SLRUs, not tuning. The SLRU sizes
are still fixed (hard-coded in the code) and it's not entirely clear
which of the SLRUs might need a GUC to tune size. In a way, allowing us
to determine that is one of the goals of this patch.

Bump catversion as the patch introduces new functions and system view.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200119143707.gyinppnigokesjok@development
2020-04-02 02:34:21 +02:00
Tom Lane 501b018799 Check equality semantics for unique indexes on partitioned tables.
We require the partition key to be a subset of the set of columns
being made unique, so that physically-separate indexes on the different
partitions are sufficient to enforce the uniqueness constraint.

The existing code checked that the listed columns appear, but did not
inquire into the index semantics, which is a serious oversight given
that different index opclasses might enforce completely different
notions of uniqueness.

Ideally, perhaps, we'd just match the partition key opfamily to the
index opfamily.  But hash partitioning uses hash opfamilies which we
can't directly match to btree opfamilies.  Hence, look up the equality
operator in each family, and accept if it's the same operator.  This
should be okay in a fairly general sense, since the equality operator
ought to precisely represent the opfamily's notion of uniqueness.

A remaining weak spot is that we don't have a cross-index-AM notion of
which opfamily member is "equality".  But we know which one to use for
hash and btree AMs, and those are the only two that are relevant here
at present.  (Any non-core AMs that know how to enforce equality are
out of luck, for now.)

Back-patch to v11 where this feature was introduced.

Guancheng Luo, revised a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/D9C3CEF7-04E8-47A1-8300-CA1DCD5ED40D@gmail.com
2020-04-01 14:49:49 -04:00
Tom Lane a80818605e Improve selectivity estimation for assorted match-style operators.
Quite a few matching operators such as JSONB's @> used "contsel" and
"contjoinsel" as their selectivity estimators.  That was a bad idea,
because (a) contsel is only a stub, yielding a fixed default estimate,
and (b) that default is 0.001, meaning we estimate these operators as
five times more selective than equality, which is surely pretty silly.

There's a good model for improving this in ltree's ltreeparentsel():
for any "var OP constant" query, we can try applying the operator
to all of the column's MCV and histogram values, taking the latter
as being a random sample of the non-MCV values.  That code is
actually 100% generic, except for the question of exactly what
default selectivity ought to be plugged in when we don't have stats.

Hence, migrate the guts of ltreeparentsel() into the core code, provide
wrappers "matchingsel" and "matchingjoinsel" with a more-appropriate
default estimate, and use those for the non-geometric operators that
formerly used contsel (mostly JSONB containment operators and tsquery
matching).

Also apply this code to some match-like operators in hstore, ltree, and
pg_trgm, including the former users of ltreeparentsel as well as ones
that improperly used contsel.  Since commit 911e70207 just created new
versions of those extensions that we haven't released yet, we can sneak
this change into those new versions instead of having to create an
additional generation of update scripts.

Patch by me, reviewed by Alexey Bashtanov

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12237.1582833074@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-04-01 10:32:33 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut d8653f4687 Refactor code to look up local replication tuple
This unifies some duplicate code.

Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA+HiwqFjYE5anArxvkjr37AQMd52L-LZtz9Ld2QrLQ3YfcYhTw@mail.gmail.com
2020-04-01 15:34:41 +02:00
Amit Kapila 2401d93718 Fix coverity complaint about commit 40d964ec99.
The coverity complained that dividing integer expressions and then
converting the integer quotient to type "double" would lose fractional
part.  Typecasting one of the arguments of expression with double should
fix the report.

Author: Mahendra Singh Thalor
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200329224818.6phnhv7o2q2rfovf@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-04-01 09:28:13 +05:30
Peter Geoghegan 7dbe290da4 Add CREATE INDEX deduplication assertions.
Add two assertions that verify the assumptions about posting list tuple
space accounting and suffix truncation made within nbtsort.c.
2020-03-31 14:38:39 -07:00
Tom Lane fe3036527a Fix race condition in statext_store().
Must hold some lock on the pg_statistic_ext_data catalog *before*
we look up the tuple we aim to replace.  Otherwise a concurrent
VACUUM FULL or similar operation could move it to a different TID,
leaving us trying to replace the wrong tuple.

Back-patch to v12 where this got broken.

Credit goes to Dean Rasheed; I'm just doing the clerical work.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCU0zHMDiQV0g8P2U+YSP9C1idUPrn79DajsbonwkN0xvQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-31 17:06:22 -04:00
Fujii Masao b0236508d3 Improve the message logged when recovery is paused.
When recovery target is reached and recovery is paused because of
recovery_target_action=pause, executing pg_wal_replay_resume() causes
the standby to promote, i.e., the recovery to end. So, in this case,
the previous message "Execute pg_wal_replay_resume() to continue"
logged was confusing because pg_wal_replay_resume() doesn't cause
the recovery to continue.

This commit improves the message logged when recovery is paused,
and the proper message is output based on what (pg_wal_replay_pause
or recovery_target_action) causes recovery to be paused.

Author: Sergei Kornilov, revised by Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19168211580382043@myt5-b646bde4b8f3.qloud-c.yandex.net
2020-04-01 03:35:13 +09:00
Tom Lane 82e8018522 Teach pg_ls_dir_files() to ignore ENOENT failures from stat().
Buildfarm experience shows that this function can fail with ENOENT
if some other process unlinks a file between when we read the directory
entry and when we try to stat() it.  The problem is old but we had
not noticed it until 085b6b667 added regression test coverage.

To fix, just ignore ENOENT failures.  There is one other case that
this might hide: a symlink that points to nowhere.  That seems okay
though, at least better than erroring.

Back-patch to v10 where this function was added, since the regression
test cases were too.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200308173103.GC1357@telsasoft.com
2020-03-31 12:57:55 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov 02a5786df2 Improve error reporting in opclasscmds.c
This commit improves error reporting introduced by 911e702077.  It puts
argument of errmsg() to the single line for easier grepping source for error
text.  Also it improves wording of errhint().
2020-03-31 17:51:57 +03:00
Magnus Hagander 087d3d0583 Fix assorted typos
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2020-03-31 16:00:06 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut de3bbfcc96 Fix INSERT OVERRIDING USER VALUE behavior
The original implementation disallowed using OVERRIDING USER VALUE on
identity columns defined as GENERATED ALWAYS, which is not per
standard.  So allow that now.

Expand documentation and tests around this.

Author: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAEZATCVrh2ufCwmzzM%3Dk_OfuLhTTPBJCdFkimst2kry4oHepuQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-03-31 08:50:39 +02:00
Michael Paquier 616ae3d2b0 Move routine definitions of xlogarchive.c to a new header file
The definitions of the routines defined in xlogarchive.c have been part
of xlog_internal.h which is included by several frontend tools, but all
those routines are only called by the backend.  More cleanup could be
done within xlog_internal.h, but that's already a nice cut.

This will help a follow-up patch for pg_rewind where handling of
restore_command is added for frontends.

Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a3acff50-5a0d-9a2c-b3b2-ee36168955c1@postgrespro.ru
2020-03-31 15:33:04 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut fc8c3bdde2 Update SQL features
Set T653 to supported.  This has always been possible.
2020-03-31 08:25:03 +02:00
Amit Kapila ef75140fe7 Avoid calls to RelationGetRelationName() and RelationGetNamespace() in
vacuum code.

After commit b61d161c14, during vacuum, we cache the information of
relation name and relation namespace in local structure LVRelStats so that
we can use it in an error callback function.  We can use the cached
information to avoid the calls to RelationGetRelationName(),
RelationGetNamespace() and get_namespace_name().  This is mainly for the
consistent in vacuum code path but it will avoid the extra syscache lookup
we do in get_namespace_name().

Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20191120210600.GC30362@telsasoft.com
2020-03-31 09:34:49 +05:30
Peter Geoghegan f01157e2ac Further simplify nbtree high key truncation.
Commit 7c2dbc69 reorganized _bt_truncate() in a way that enables a
further simplification that I (pgeoghegan) missed:  Since we mark the
tuple that is returned to the caller as a pivot tuple before the point
where its heap TID is set as of 7c2dbc69, it is possible to use the high
level BTreeTupleGetHeapTID() inline function to get an item pointer.  Do
it that way now.  This approach is clearer and more maintainable.
2020-03-30 17:34:12 -07:00
Michael Paquier dd9ac7d5d8 Revert "Skip redundant anti-wraparound vacuums"
This reverts commit 2aa6e33, that added a fast path to skip
anti-wraparound and non-aggressive autovacuum jobs (these have no sense
as anti-wraparound implies aggressive).  With a cluster using a high
amount of relations with a portion of them being heavily updated, this
could cause autovacuum to lock down, with autovacuum workers attempting
repeatedly those jobs on the same relations for the same database, that
just kept being skipped.  This lock down can be solved with a manual
VACUUM FREEZE.

Justin King has reported one environment where the issue happened, and
Julien Rouhaud and I have been able to reproduce it in a second
environment.  With a very aggressive autovacuum_freeze_max_age,
triggering those jobs with pgbench is a matter of minutes, and hitting
the lock down is a lot harder (my local tests failed to do that).

Note that anti-wraparound and non-aggressive jobs can only be triggered
on a subset of shared catalogs:
- pg_auth_members
- pg_authid
- pg_database
- pg_replication_origin
- pg_shseclabel
- pg_subscription
- pg_tablespace
While the lock down was possible down to v12, the root cause of those
jobs is a much older issue, which needs more analysis.

Bonus thanks to Andres Freund for the discussion.

Reported-by: Justin King
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE39h22zPLrkH17GrkDgAYL3kbjvySYD1io+rtnAUFnaJJVS4g@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
2020-03-31 08:27:47 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan 7c2dbc691c Refactor nbtree high key truncation.
Simplify _bt_truncate(), the routine that generates truncated leaf page
high keys.  Remove a micro-optimization that avoided a second palloc0()
call (this was used when a heap TID was needed in the final pivot tuple,
though only when the index happened to not be an INCLUDE index).

Removing this dubious micro-optimization allows _bt_truncate() to use
the index_truncate_tuple() indextuple.c utility routine in all cases.
This was already the common case.

This commit is a HEAD-only follow up to bugfix commit 4b42a899.
2020-03-30 15:52:39 -07:00
Andres Freund d4b34f60c5 Deduplicate PageIsNew() check in lazy_scan_heap().
The recheck isn't needed anymore, as RelationGetBufferForTuple() now
extends the relation with RBM_ZERO_AND_LOCK. Previously we needed to
handle the fact that relation extension extended the relation and then
separately acquired a lock on the page - while expecting that the page
is empty.

Reported-By: Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQArA_=J0D5T258xsCY6Xtf6wiH4b=QDPDgVS+WZUN10WDw@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-30 13:56:40 -07:00
Alexander Korotkov 364bdd0b41 Fix missing SP-GiST support in 911e702077
911e702077 misses setting of amoptsprocnum for SP-GiST.  This commit fixes
that.
2020-03-30 23:45:03 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 851b14b0c6 Remove rudiments of supporting procnum == 0 from 911e702077
Early versions of opclass options patch uses zero support procedure as opclass
options procedure.  This commit removes rudiments of it, which were committed
in 911e702077.  Also, it implements correct handling of amoptsprocnum == 0.
2020-03-30 23:43:25 +03:00
Peter Geoghegan 4b42a89938 Consistently truncate non-key suffix columns.
INCLUDE indexes failed to have their non-key attributes physically
truncated away in certain rare cases.  This led to physically larger
pivot tuples that contained useless non-key attribute values.  The
impact on users should be negligible, but this is still clearly a
regression (Postgres 11 supports INCLUDE indexes, and yet was not
affected).

The bug appeared in commit dd299df8, which introduced "true" suffix
truncation of key attributes.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=E8pkV9ivRSFHtv812H5ckf8s1-yhx61_WrJbKccGcrQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-, where "true" suffix truncation was introduced.
2020-03-30 12:03:59 -07:00
Alexander Korotkov 911e702077 Implement operator class parameters
PostgreSQL provides set of template index access methods, where opclasses have
much freedom in the semantics of indexing.  These index AMs are GiST, GIN,
SP-GiST and BRIN.  There opclasses define representation of keys, operations on
them and supported search strategies.  So, it's natural that opclasses may be
faced some tradeoffs, which require user-side decision.  This commit implements
opclass parameters allowing users to set some values, which tell opclass how to
index the particular dataset.

This commit doesn't introduce new storage in system catalog.  Instead it uses
pg_attribute.attoptions, which is used for table column storage options but
unused for index attributes.

In order to evade changing signature of each opclass support function, we
implement unified way to pass options to opclass support functions.  Options
are set to fn_expr as the constant bytea expression.  It's possible due to the
fact that opclass support functions are executed outside of expressions, so
fn_expr is unused for them.

This commit comes with some examples of opclass options usage.  We parametrize
signature length in GiST.  That applies to multiple opclasses: tsvector_ops,
gist__intbig_ops, gist_ltree_ops, gist__ltree_ops, gist_trgm_ops and
gist_hstore_ops.  Also we parametrize maximum number of integer ranges for
gist__int_ops.  However, the main future usage of this feature is expected
to be json, where users would be able to specify which way to index particular
json parts.

Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d22c3a18-31c7-1879-fc11-4c1ce2f5e5af%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, revised by me
Reviwed-by: Nikolay Shaplov, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
2020-03-30 19:17:23 +03:00
Fujii Masao 64638ccba3 Report waiting via PS while recovery is waiting for buffer pin in hot standby.
Previously while the startup process was waiting for the recovery conflict
with snapshot, tablespace or lock to be resolved, waiting was reported in
PS display, but not in the case of recovery conflict with buffer pin.
This commit makes the startup process in hot standby report waiting via PS
while waiting for the conflicts with other backends holding buffer pins to
be resolved.

Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k4mXWTwfQLS3RPwGr4xnfAEs1ysFfgYHvmmoUgv6Zxvmg@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-30 17:35:03 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 246f136e76 Improve handling of parameter differences in physical replication
When certain parameters are changed on a physical replication primary,
this is communicated to standbys using the XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE WAL
record.  The standby then checks whether its own settings are at least
as big as the ones on the primary.  If not, the standby shuts down
with a fatal error.

The correspondence of settings between primary and standby is required
because those settings influence certain shared memory sizings that
are required for processing WAL records that the primary might send.
For example, if the primary sends a prepared transaction, the standby
must have had max_prepared_transaction set appropriately or it won't
be able to process those WAL records.

However, fatally shutting down the standby immediately upon receipt of
the parameter change record might be a bit of an overreaction.  The
resources related to those settings are not required immediately at
that point, and might never be required if the activity on the primary
does not exhaust all those resources.  If we just let the standby roll
on with recovery, it will eventually produce an appropriate error when
those resources are used.

So this patch relaxes this a bit.  Upon receipt of
XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE, we still check the settings but only issue a
warning and set a global flag if there is a problem.  Then when we
actually hit the resource issue and the flag was set, we issue another
warning message with relevant information.  At that point we pause
recovery, so a hot standby remains usable.  We also repeat the last
warning message once a minute so it is harder to miss or ignore.

Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4ad69a4c-cc9b-0dfe-0352-8b1b0cd36c7b@2ndquadrant.com
2020-03-30 09:53:45 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut a01e1b8b9d Add new part SQL/MDA to information_schema.sql_parts 2020-03-30 08:55:55 +02:00
Fujii Masao 6aba63ef3e Allow the planner-related functions and hook to accept the query string.
This commit adds query_string argument into the planner-related functions
and hook and allows us to pass the query string to them.

Currently there is no user of the query string passed. But the upcoming patch
for the planning counters will add the planning hook function into
pg_stat_statements and the function will need the query string. So this change
will be necessary for that patch.

Also this change is useful for some extensions that want to use the query
string in their planner hook function.

Author: Pascal Legrand, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Yoshikazu Imai, Tom Lane, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_bU1m3_XF5qKYtSj1ua4dxd=FWDyh2SH4rSJAUUfsGmAQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1583789487074-0.post@n3.nabble.com
2020-03-30 13:51:05 +09:00
Fujii Masao 4a539a25eb Expose BufferUsageAccumDiff().
Previously pg_stat_statements calculated the difference of buffer counters
by its own code even while BufferUsageAccumDiff() had the same code.
This commit expose BufferUsageAccumDiff() and makes pg_stat_statements
use it for the calculation, in order to simply the code.

This change also would be useful for the upcoming patch for the planning
counters in pg_stat_statements because the patch will add one more code
for the calculation of difference of buffer counters and that can easily be
done by using BufferUsageAccumDiff().

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bdfee4e0-a304-2498-8da5-3cb52c0a193e@oss.nttdata.com
2020-03-30 12:15:26 +09:00
Amit Kapila b61d161c14 Introduce vacuum errcontext to display additional information.
The additional information displayed will be block number for error
occurring while processing heap and index name for error occurring
while processing the index.

This will help us in diagnosing the problems that occur during a vacuum.
For ex. due to corruption (either caused by bad hardware or by some bug)
if we get some error while vacuuming, it can help us identify the block
in heap and or additional index information.

It sets up an error context callback to display additional information
with the error.  During different phases of vacuum (heap scan, heap
vacuum, index vacuum, index clean up, heap truncate), we update the error
context callback to display appropriate information.  We can extend it to
a bit more granular level like adding the phases for FSM operations or for
prefetching the blocks while truncating. However, I felt that it requires
adding many more error callback function calls and can make the code a bit
complex, so left those for now.

Author: Justin Pryzby, with few changes by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Amit Kapila, Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
and Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20191120210600.GC30362@telsasoft.com
2020-03-30 07:33:38 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut b79911dc8c Update SQL features
Change F181 to supported.  It requires that an embedded C program can
be split across multiple files, which ECPG easily supports.
2020-03-29 08:56:41 +02:00
Peter Geoghegan a7b9d24e4e Make deduplication use number of key attributes.
Use IndexRelationGetNumberOfKeyAttributes() rather than
IndexRelationGetNumberOfAttributes() when determining whether or not two
index tuples are suitable for merging together into a single posting
list tuple.  This is a little bit tidier.  It brings affected code in
nbtdedup.c a little closer to similar, related code in nbtsplitloc.c.
2020-03-28 20:25:03 -07:00
Andres Freund 42750b08d9 Ensure snapshot is registered within ScanPgRelation().
In 9.4 I added support to use a historical snapshot in
ScanPgRelation(), while adding logical decoding. Unfortunately a
conflict with the concurrent removal of SnapshotNow was incorrectly
resolved, leading to an unregistered snapshot being used.

It is not correct to use an unregistered (or non-active) snapshot for
anything non-trivial, because catalog invalidations can cause the
snapshot to be invalidated.

Luckily it seems unlikely to actively cause problems in practice, as
ScanPgRelation() requires that we already have a lock on the relation,
we only look for a single row, and we don't appear to rely on the
result's tid to be correct. It however is clearly wrong and potential
negative consequences would likely be hard to find. So it seems worth
backpatching the fix, even without a concrete hazard.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200229052459.wzhqnbhrriezg4v2@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 9.5-
2020-03-28 12:26:46 -07:00
Jeff Davis 7351bfeda3 Fix costing for disk-based hash aggregation.
Report and suggestions from Richard Guo and Tomas Vondra.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_W8fYbAn8KxgidAaZHON_Oo08OYn9ze=7remJymLqo5g@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-28 12:07:49 -07:00
Dean Rasheed 4083f445c0 Improve the performance and accuracy of numeric sqrt() and ln().
Instead of using Newton's method to compute numeric square roots, use
the Karatsuba square root algorithm, which performs better for numbers
of all sizes. In practice, this is 3-5 times faster for inputs with
just a few digits and up to around 10 times faster for larger inputs.

Also, the new algorithm guarantees that the final digit of the result
is correctly rounded, since it computes an integer square root with
truncation, containing at least 1 extra decimal digit before rounding.
The former algorithm would occasionally round the wrong way because
it rounded both the intermediate and final results.

In addition, arrange for sqrt_var() to explicitly support negative
rscale values (rounding before the decimal point). This allows the
argument reduction phase of ln_var() to be optimised for large inputs,
since it only needs to compute square roots with a few more digits
than the final ln() result, rather than computing all the digits
before the decimal point. For very large inputs, this can be many
thousands of times faster.

In passing, optimise div_var_fast() in a couple of places where it was
doing unnecessary work.

Patch be me, reviewed by Tom Lane and Tels.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCV1A7+jD3P30Zu31KjaxeSEyOn3v9d6tYegpxcq3cQu-g@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-28 14:37:53 +00:00
Dean Rasheed 87779aa474 Prevent functional dependency estimates from exceeding column estimates.
Formerly we applied a functional dependency "a => b with dependency
degree f" using the formula

  P(a,b) = P(a) * [f + (1-f)*P(b)]

This leads to the possibility that the combined selectivity P(a,b)
could exceed P(b), which is not ideal. The addition of support for IN
and OR clauses (commits 8f321bd16c and ccaa3569f5) would seem to make
this more likely, since the user-supplied values in such clauses are
not necessarily compatible with the functional dependency.

Mitigate this by using the formula

  P(a,b) = f * Min(P(a), P(b)) + (1-f) * P(a) * P(b)

instead, which guarantees that the combined selectivity is less than
each column's individual selectivity. Logically, this is modifies the
part of the formula that accounts for dependent rows to handle cases
where P(a) > P(b), whilst not changing the second term which accounts
for independent rows.

Additionally, this refactors the way that functional dependencies are
applied, so now dependencies_clauselist_selectivity() estimates both
the implying clauses and the implied clauses for each functional
dependency (formerly only the implied clauses were estimated), and now
all clauses for each attribute are taken into account (formerly only
one clause for each implied attribute was estimated). This removes the
previously built-in assumption that only equality clauses will be
seen, which is no longer true, and opens up the possibility of
applying functional dependencies to more general clauses.

Patch by me, reviewed by Tomas Vondra.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXaNFZyOhR4XXAfkvj1tibRBEjje6ZbXwqWUB_tqbH%3Drw%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200318002946.6dvblukm3cfmgir2%40development
2020-03-28 12:48:34 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut 145cb16d3b Cleanup in SQL features files
Feature C011 was still listed in sql_feature_packages.txt but had been
removed from sql_features.txt, so also remove from the former.
2020-03-28 08:46:18 +01:00
David Rowley b07642dbcd Trigger autovacuum based on number of INSERTs
Traditionally autovacuum has only ever invoked a worker based on the
estimated number of dead tuples in a table and for anti-wraparound
purposes. For the latter, with certain classes of tables such as
insert-only tables, anti-wraparound vacuums could be the first vacuum that
the table ever receives. This could often lead to autovacuum workers being
busy for extended periods of time due to having to potentially freeze
every page in the table. This could be particularly bad for very large
tables. New clusters, or recently pg_restored clusters could suffer even
more as many large tables may have the same relfrozenxid, which could
result in large numbers of tables requiring an anti-wraparound vacuum all
at once.

Here we aim to reduce the work required by anti-wraparound and aggressive
vacuums in general, by triggering autovacuum when the table has received
enough INSERTs. This is controlled by adding two new GUCs and reloptions;
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold and
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_scale_factor. These work exactly the same as the
existing scale factor and threshold controls, only base themselves off the
number of inserts since the last vacuum, rather than the number of dead
tuples. New controls were added rather than reusing the existing
controls, to allow these new vacuums to be tuned independently and perhaps
even completely disabled altogether, which can be done by setting
autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold to -1.

We make no attempt to skip index cleanup operations on these vacuums as
they may trigger for an insert-mostly table which continually doesn't have
enough dead tuples to trigger an autovacuum for the purpose of removing
those dead tuples. If we were to skip cleaning the indexes in this case,
then it is possible for the index(es) to become bloated over time.

There are additional benefits to triggering autovacuums based on inserts,
as tables which never contain enough dead tuples to trigger an autovacuum
are now more likely to receive a vacuum, which can mark more of the table
as "allvisible" and encourage the query planner to make use of Index Only
Scans.

Currently, we still obey vacuum_freeze_min_age when triggering these new
autovacuums based on INSERTs. For large insert-only tables, it may be
beneficial to lower the table's autovacuum_freeze_min_age so that tuples
are eligible to be frozen sooner. Here we've opted not to zero that for
these types of vacuums, since the table may just be insert-mostly and we
may otherwise freeze tuples that are still destined to be updated or
removed in the near future.

There was some debate to what exactly the new scale factor and threshold
should default to. For now, these are set to 0.2 and 1000, respectively.
There may be some motivation to adjust these before the release.

Author: Laurenz Albe, Darafei Praliaskouski
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Masahiko Sawada, Chris Travers, Andres Freund, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC8Q8t%2Bj36G_bLF%3D%2B0iMo6jGNWnLnWb1tujXuJr-%2Bx8ZCCTqoQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-03-28 19:20:12 +13:00
Peter Geoghegan 9945ad6e90 Justify nbtree page split locking in code comment.
Delaying unlocking the right child page until after the point that the
left child's parent page has been refound is no longer truly necessary.
Commit 40dae7ec made nbtree tolerant of interrupted page splits.  VACUUM
was taught to avoid deleting a page that happens to be the right half of
an incomplete split.  As long as page splits don't unlock the left child
page until the end of the second/final phase, it should be safe to
unlock the right child page earlier (at the end of the first phase).

It probably isn't actually useful to release the right child's lock
earlier like this (it probably won't improve performance).  Even still,
pointing out that it ought to be safe to do so should make it easier to
understand the overall design.
2020-03-27 16:44:52 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 1e6148032e
Allow walreceiver configuration to change on reload
The parameters primary_conninfo, primary_slot_name and
wal_receiver_create_temp_slot can now be changed with a simple "reload"
signal, no longer requiring a server restart.  This is achieved by
signalling the walreceiver process to terminate and having it start
again with the new values.

Thanks to Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao for discussion.

Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19513901543181143@sas1-19a94364928d.qloud-c.yandex.net
2020-03-27 19:51:37 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 092c6936de
Set wal_receiver_create_temp_slot PGC_POSTMASTER
Commit 3297308278 gave walreceiver the ability to create and use a
temporary replication slot, and made it controllable by a GUC (enabled
by default) that can be changed with SIGHUP.  That's useful but has two
problems: one, it's possible to cause the origin server to fill its disk
if the slot doesn't advance in time; and also there's a disconnect
between state passed down via the startup process and GUCs that
walreceiver reads directly.

We handle the first problem by setting the option to disabled by
default.  If the user enables it, its on their head to make sure that
disk doesn't fill up.

We handle the second problem by passing the flag via startup rather than
having walreceiver acquire it directly, and making it PGC_POSTMASTER
(which ensures a walreceiver always has the fresh value).  A future
commit can relax this (to PGC_SIGHUP again) by having the startup
process signal walreceiver to shutdown whenever the value changes.

Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200122055510.GH174860@paquier.xyz
2020-03-27 16:20:33 -03:00
Tom Lane fbc7a71608 Rearrange validity checks for plpgsql "simple" expressions.
Buildfarm experience shows what probably should've occurred to me before:
if a cache flush occurs partway through building a generic plan, then
the plansource may have is_valid = false even though the plan is valid.
We need to accept this case, use the generated plan, and then try to
replan the next time.  We can't try to replan immediately, because that
would produce an infinite loop in CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS builds; moreover
it's really overkill.  (We can assume that the plan is valid, it's just
possibly a bit stale.  Note that the pre-existing code behaved this way,
and the non-simple-expression code paths do too.)  Conversely, not using
the generated plan would drop us into the not-a-simple-expression code
path, which is bad for performance and would also cause regression-test
failures due to visibly different error-reporting behavior.

Hence, refactor the validity-check functions so that the initial check
and recheck cases can react differently to plansource->is_valid.
This makes their usage a bit simpler, too.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7072.1585332104@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-03-27 14:47:34 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 8d1b9648c5 Update SQL features
Change F311 to supported.  This was already accomplished when
subfeature F311-04 (WITH CHECK OPTION) was added, but the top-level
feature wasn't updated at the time.
2020-03-27 08:36:08 +01:00
Tom Lane 8f59f6b9c0 Improve performance of "simple expressions" in PL/pgSQL.
For relatively simple expressions (say, "x + 1" or "x > 0"), plpgsql's
management overhead exceeds the cost of evaluating the expression.
This patch substantially improves that situation, providing roughly
2X speedup for such trivial expressions.

First, add infrastructure in the plancache to allow fast re-validation
of cached plans that contain no table access, and hence need no locks.
Teach plpgsql to use this infrastructure for expressions that it's
already deemed "simple" (which in particular will never contain table
references).

The fast path still requires checking that search_path hasn't changed,
so provide a fast path for OverrideSearchPathMatchesCurrent by
counting changes that have occurred to the active search path in the
current session.  This is simplistic but seems enough for now, seeing
that PushOverrideSearchPath is not used in any performance-critical
cases.

Second, manage the refcounts on simple expressions' cached plans using
a transaction-lifespan resource owner, so that we only need to take
and release an expression's refcount once per transaction not once per
expression evaluation.  The management of this resource owner exactly
parallels the existing management of plpgsql's simple-expression EState.

Add some regression tests covering this area, in particular verifying
that expression caching doesn't break semantics for search_path changes.

Patch by me, but it owes something to previous work by Amit Langote,
who recognized that getting rid of plancache-related overhead would
be a useful thing to do here.  Also thanks to Andres Freund for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDRVfLdAxsWeVLzCAbkLFZhW549K+67tpOc-faC8uH8zw@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-26 18:58:57 -04:00
Magnus Hagander eff5b245df Document that pg_checksums exists in checksums README
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
2020-03-26 15:05:54 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 49bf81536e Drop slot's LWLock before returning from SaveSlotToPath()
When SaveSlotToPath() is called with elevel=LOG, the early exits didn't
release the slot's io_in_progress_lock.

This could result in a walsender being stuck on the lock forever.  A
possible way to get into this situation is if the offending code paths
are triggered in a low disk space situation.

Author: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@2ndquadrant.com>
Reported-by: Craig Ringer <craig@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56a138c5-de61-f553-7e8f-6789296de785%402ndquadrant.com
2020-03-26 13:29:20 +01:00
Andrew Dunstan 896fcdb230 Provide a TLS init hook
The default hook function sets the default password callback function.
In order to allow preloaded libraries to have an opportunity to override
the default, TLS initialization if now delayed slightly until after
shared preloaded libraries have been loaded.

A test module is provided which contains a trivial example that decodes
an obfuscated password for an SSL certificate.

Author: Andrew Dunstan
Reviewed By: Andreas Karlsson, Asaba Takanori
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/04116472-818b-5859-1d74-3d995aab2252@2ndQuadrant.com
2020-03-25 17:13:17 -04:00
Tom Lane bda6dedbea Go back to returning int from ereport auxiliary functions.
This reverts the parts of commit 17a28b0364
that changed ereport's auxiliary functions from returning dummy integer
values to returning void.  It turns out that a minority of compilers
complain (not entirely unreasonably) about constructs such as

	(condition) ? errdetail(...) : 0

if errdetail() returns void rather than int.  We could update those
call sites to say "(void) 0" perhaps, but the expectation for this
patch set was that ereport callers would not have to change anything.
And this aspect of the patch set was already the most invasive and
least compelling part of it, so let's just drop it.

Per buildfarm.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6N8EjNvZpM8nme+y+05mz-SM8Z_BgkixzkA34R+ej0Kw@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-25 11:57:36 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut e8b1774fc2 Update SQL features
The name of E182 was changed in SQL:2011.

Also, we can change it to supported because all it requires is one
embedded language to be supported, which we do.
2020-03-25 08:46:41 +01:00
Thomas Munro 352f6f2df6 Add collation versions for Windows.
On Vista and later, use GetNLSVersionEx() to request collation version
information.

Reviewed-by: Juan José Santamaría Flecha <juanjo.santamaria@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJvqup3s%2BJowVTcacZADO6dOhfdBmvOPHLS3KXUJu41Jw%40mail.gmail.com
2020-03-25 16:04:32 +13:00
Thomas Munro 382a821907 Allow NULL version for individual collations.
Remove the documented restriction that collation providers must either
return NULL for all collations or non-NULL for all collations.

Use NULL for glibc collations like "C.UTF-8", which might otherwise lead
future proposed commits to force unnecessary index rebuilds.

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJvqup3s%2BJowVTcacZADO6dOhfdBmvOPHLS3KXUJu41Jw%40mail.gmail.com
2020-03-25 15:53:24 +13:00
Jeff Davis dd8e19132a Consider disk-based hash aggregation to implement DISTINCT.
Correct oversight in 1f39bce0. If enable_hashagg_disk=true, we should
consider hash aggregation for DISTINCT when applicable.
2020-03-24 18:30:04 -07:00
Jeff Davis 3649133b14 Avoid allocating unnecessary zero-sized array.
If there are no aggregates, there is no need to allocate an array of
zero AggStatePerGroupData elements.
2020-03-24 18:30:04 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan b150a76793 Fix nbtree deduplication README commentary.
Descriptions of some aspects of how deduplication works were unclear in
a couple of places.
2020-03-24 14:58:27 -07:00
Andres Freund 112b006fe7 logical decoding: Remove TODO about unnecessary optimization.
Measurements show, and intuition agrees, that there's currently no
known cases where adding a fastpath to avoid allocating / ordering a
heap for a single transaction is worthwhile.

Author: Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-sp701wvzvnLQJGk7JDqrFM8f--97-ihbwkU8qvn=p8nw@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-24 12:15:03 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut f15ace7935 Fix compiler warning on Cygwin
bf68b79e50 introduced an unused variable
compiler warning on Cygwin.
2020-03-24 19:31:02 +01:00
Tom Lane 17a28b0364 Improve the internal implementation of ereport().
Change all the auxiliary error-reporting routines to return void,
now that we no longer need to pretend they are passing something
useful to errfinish().  While this probably doesn't save anything
significant at the machine-code level, it allows detection of some
additional types of mistakes.

Pass the error location details (__FILE__, __LINE__, PG_FUNCNAME_MACRO)
to errfinish not errstart.  This shaves a few cycles off the case where
errstart decides we're not going to emit anything.

Re-implement elog() as a trivial wrapper around ereport(), removing
the separate support infrastructure it used to have.  Aside from
getting rid of some now-surplus code, this means that elog() now
really does have exactly the same semantics as ereport(), in particular
that it can skip evaluation work if the message is not to be emitted.

Andres Freund and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6N8EjNvZpM8nme+y+05mz-SM8Z_BgkixzkA34R+ej0Kw@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-24 12:08:48 -04:00
Tom Lane e3a87b4991 Re-implement the ereport() macro using __VA_ARGS__.
Now that we require C99, we can depend on __VA_ARGS__ to work, and
revising ereport() to use it has several significant benefits:

* The extra parentheses around the auxiliary function calls are now
optional.  Aside from being a bit less ugly, this removes a common
gotcha for new contributors, because in some cases the compiler errors
you got from forgetting them were unintelligible.

* The auxiliary function calls are now evaluated as a comma expression
list rather than as extra arguments to errfinish().  This means that
compilers can be expected to warn about no-op expressions in the list,
allowing detection of several other common mistakes such as forgetting
to add errmsg(...) when converting an elog() call to ereport().

* Unlike the situation with extra function arguments, comma expressions
are guaranteed to be evaluated left-to-right, so this removes platform
dependency in the order of the auxiliary function calls.  While that
dependency hasn't caused us big problems in the past, this change does
allow dropping some rather shaky assumptions around errcontext() domain
handling.

There's no intention to make wholesale changes of existing ereport
calls, but as proof-of-concept this patch removes the extra parens
from a couple of calls in postgres.c.

While new code can be written either way, code intended to be
back-patched will need to use extra parens for awhile yet.  It seems
worth back-patching this change into v12, so as to reduce the window
where we have to be careful about that by one year.  Hence, this patch
is careful to preserve ABI compatibility; a followup HEAD-only patch
will make some additional simplifications.

Andres Freund and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6N8EjNvZpM8nme+y+05mz-SM8Z_BgkixzkA34R+ej0Kw@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-24 11:49:00 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut cef27ae01a Fix compiler warning
A variable was unused in non-assert builds.  Simplify the code to
avoid the issue.

Reported-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
2020-03-24 16:02:01 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 97ee604d9b Some refactoring of logical/worker.c
This moves the main operations of apply_handle_{insert|update|delete},
that of inserting, updating, deleting a tuple into/from a given
relation, into corresponding
apply_handle_{insert|update|delete}_internal functions.  This allows
performing those operations on relations that are not directly the
targets of replication, which is something a later patch will use for
targeting partitioned tables.

Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.pghackers@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-24 15:00:54 +01:00
Andres Freund cedffbdb8b Report wait event for cost-based vacuum delay.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200321040750.GD13662@telsasoft.com
2020-03-23 22:53:22 -07:00
Fujii Masao 496ee647ec Prefer standby promotion over recovery pause.
Previously if a promotion was triggered while recovery was paused,
the paused state continued. Also recovery could be paused by executing
pg_wal_replay_pause() even while a promotion was ongoing. That is,
recovery pause had higher priority over a standby promotion.
But this behavior was not desirable because most users basically wanted
the recovery to complete as soon as possible and the server to become
the master when they requested a promotion.

This commit changes recovery so that it prefers a promotion over
recovery pause. That is, if a promotion is triggered while recovery
is paused, the paused state ends and a promotion continues. Also
this commit makes recovery pause functions like pg_wal_replay_pause()
throw an error if they are executed while a promotion is ongoing.

Internally, this commit adds new internal function PromoteIsTriggered()
that returns true if a promotion is triggered. Since the name of
this function and the existing function IsPromoteTriggered() are
confusingly similar, the commit changes the name of IsPromoteTriggered()
to IsPromoteSignaled, as more appropriate name.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Atsushi Torikoshi, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/00c194b2-dbbb-2e8a-5b39-13f14048ef0a@oss.nttdata.com
2020-03-24 12:46:48 +09:00
Michael Paquier e09ad07b21 Move routine building restore_command to src/common/
restore_command has only been used until now by the backend, but there
is a pending patch for pg_rewind to make use of that in the frontend.

Author: Alexey Kondratov
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Alexander
Korotkov, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a3acff50-5a0d-9a2c-b3b2-ee36168955c1@postgrespro.ru
2020-03-24 12:13:36 +09:00
Fujii Masao b8e20d6dab Add wait events for WAL archive and recovery pause.
This commit introduces new wait events BackupWaitWalArchive and
RecoveryPause. The former is reported while waiting for the WAL files
required for the backup to be successfully archived. The latter is
reported while waiting for recovery in pause state to be resumed.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Atsushi Torikoshi, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f0651f8c-9c96-9f29-0ff9-80414a15308a@oss.nttdata.com
2020-03-24 11:12:21 +09:00
Fujii Masao 67e0adfb3f Report NULL as total backup size if it's not estimated.
Previously 0 was reported in pg_stat_progress_basebackup.total_backup
if the total backup size was not estimated. Per discussion, our consensus
is that NULL is better choise as the value in total_backup in that case.
So this commit makes pg_stat_progress_basebackup view report NULL
in total_backup column if the estimation is disabled.

Bump catversion.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Magnus Hagander, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevExnhOD89zBDuPvfAAh243RzNpwCPEWNLtMYpKHMB8gbAQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-24 10:43:41 +09:00
Jeff Davis 64fe602279 Fixes for Disk-based Hash Aggregation.
Justin Pryzby raised a couple issues with commit 1f39bce0. Fixed.

Also, tweak the way the size of a hash entry is estimated and the
number of buckets is estimated when calling BuildTupleHashTableExt().

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20200319064222.GR26184@telsasoft.com
2020-03-23 15:43:07 -07:00
Amit Kapila 33753ac9d7 Add object names to partition integrity violations.
All errors of SQLSTATE class 23 should include the name of an object
associated with the error in separate fields of the error report message.
We do this so that applications need not try to extract them from the
possibly-localized human-readable text of the message.

Reported-by: Chris Bandy
Author: Chris Bandy
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0aa113a3-3c7f-db48-bcd8-f9290b2269ae@gmail.com
2020-03-23 08:09:15 +05:30
Michael Paquier 79dfa8afb2 Add bound checks for ssl_min_protocol_version and ssl_max_protocol_version
Mixing incorrect bounds in the SSL context leads to confusing error
messages generated by OpenSSL which are hard to act on.  New range
checks are added when both min/max parameters are loaded in the context
of a SSL reload to improve the error reporting.  Note that this does not
make use of the GUC hook machinery contrary to 41aadee, as there is no
way to ensure a consistent range check (except if there is a way one day
to define range types for GUC parameters?).  Hence, this patch applies
only to OpenSSL, and uses a logic similar to other parameters to trigger
an error when reloading the SSL context in a session.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114035420.GE1515@paquier.xyz
2020-03-23 11:01:41 +09:00
Noah Misch de9396326e Revert "Skip WAL for new relfilenodes, under wal_level=minimal."
This reverts commit cb2fd7eac2.  Per
numerous buildfarm members, it was incompatible with parallel query, and
a test case assumed LP64.  Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200321224920.GB1763544@rfd.leadboat.com
2020-03-22 09:24:09 -07:00
Noah Misch cb2fd7eac2 Skip WAL for new relfilenodes, under wal_level=minimal.
Until now, only selected bulk operations (e.g. COPY) did this.  If a
given relfilenode received both a WAL-skipping COPY and a WAL-logged
operation (e.g. INSERT), recovery could lose tuples from the COPY.  See
src/backend/access/transam/README section "Skipping WAL for New
RelFileNode" for the new coding rules.  Maintainers of table access
methods should examine that section.

To maintain data durability, just before commit, we choose between an
fsync of the relfilenode and copying its contents to WAL.  A new GUC,
wal_skip_threshold, guides that choice.  If this change slows a workload
that creates small, permanent relfilenodes under wal_level=minimal, try
adjusting wal_skip_threshold.  Users setting a timeout on COMMIT may
need to adjust that timeout, and log_min_duration_statement analysis
will reflect time consumption moving to COMMIT from commands like COPY.

Internally, this requires a reliable determination of whether
RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction() would unlink a relation's
current relfilenode.  Introduce rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid.  Amend the
specification of rd_createSubid such that the field is zero when a new
rel has an old rd_node.  Make relcache.c retain entries for certain
dropped relations until end of transaction.

Back-patch to 9.5 (all supported versions).  This introduces a new WAL
record type, XLOG_GIST_ASSIGN_LSN, without bumping XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.  As
always, update standby systems before master systems.  This changes
sizeof(RelationData) and sizeof(IndexStmt), breaking binary
compatibility for affected extensions.  (The most recent commit to
affect the same class of extensions was
089e4d405d0f3b94c74a2c6a54357a84a681754b.)

Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed (in earlier, similar versions) by Robert
Haas.  Heikki Linnakangas and Michael Paquier implemented earlier
designs that materially clarified the problem.  Reviewed, in earlier
designs, by Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane,
Fujii Masao, and Simon Riggs.  Reported by Martijn van Oosterhout.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20150702220524.GA9392@svana.org
2020-03-21 09:38:26 -07:00
Noah Misch d3e572855b In log_newpage_range(), heed forkNum and page_std arguments.
The function assumed forkNum=MAIN_FORKNUM and page_std=true, ignoring
the actual arguments.  Existing callers passed exactly those values, so
there's no live bug.  Back-patch to v12, where the function first
appeared, because another fix needs this.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191118045434.GA1173436@rfd.leadboat.com
2020-03-21 09:38:26 -07:00
Noah Misch e629a01f69 During heap rebuild, lock any TOAST index until end of transaction.
swap_relation_files() calls toast_get_valid_index() to find and lock
this index, just before swapping with the rebuilt TOAST index.  The
latter function releases the lock before returning.  Potential for
mischief is low; a concurrent session can issue ALTER INDEX ... SET
(fillfactor = ...), which is not alarming.  Nonetheless, changing
pg_class.relfilenode without a lock is unconventional.  Back-patch to
9.5 (all supported versions), because another fix needs this.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191226001521.GA1772687@rfd.leadboat.com
2020-03-21 09:38:26 -07:00
Noah Misch d60ef94d76 Fix cosmetic blemishes involving rd_createSubid.
Remove an obsolete comment from AtEOXact_cleanup().  Restore formatting
of a comment in struct RelationData, mangled by the pgindent run in
commit 9af4159fce.  Back-patch to 9.5 (all
supported versions), because another fix stacks on this.
2020-03-21 09:38:26 -07:00
Amit Kapila 3ba59ccc89 Allow page lock to conflict among parallel group members.
This is required as it is no safer for two related processes to perform
clean up in gin indexes at a time than for unrelated processes to do the
same.  After acquiring page locks, we can acquire relation extension lock
but reverse never happens which means these will also not participate in
deadlock.  So, avoid checking wait edges from this lock.

Currently, the parallel mode is strictly read-only, but after this patch
we have the infrastructure to allow parallel inserts and parallel copy.

Author: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh and Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoCmT3cFQUN4aVvzy5chw7DuzXrJCbrjTU05B+Ss=Gn1LA@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-21 08:48:06 +05:30
Amit Kapila 85f6b49c2c Allow relation extension lock to conflict among parallel group members.
This is required as it is no safer for two related processes to extend the
same relation at a time than for unrelated processes to do the same.  We
don't acquire a heavyweight lock on any other object after relation
extension lock which means such a lock can never participate in the
deadlock cycle.  So, avoid checking wait edges from this lock.

This provides an infrastructure to allow parallel operations like insert,
copy, etc. which were earlier not possible as parallel group members won't
conflict for relation extension lock.

Author: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh and Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoCmT3cFQUN4aVvzy5chw7DuzXrJCbrjTU05B+Ss=Gn1LA@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-20 08:20:56 +05:30
Peter Geoghegan b27e1b3418 nbtree: Remove obsolete _bt_pgaddtup() comments.
Remove comments that are a throw back to a time when nbtree cared about
write-ordering dependencies.  The comments are similar to those removed
by commit 9ee7414e, among others.
2020-03-19 14:56:56 -07:00
Jeff Davis 2fd6a44ad5 Revert "Specialize MemoryContextMemAllocated()."
This reverts commit e00912e11a.
2020-03-19 12:21:50 -07:00
Tom Lane 24e2885ee3 Introduce "anycompatible" family of polymorphic types.
This patch adds the pseudo-types anycompatible, anycompatiblearray,
anycompatiblenonarray, and anycompatiblerange.  They work much like
anyelement, anyarray, anynonarray, and anyrange respectively, except
that the actual input values need not match precisely in type.
Instead, if we can find a common supertype (using the same rules
as for UNION/CASE type resolution), then the parser automatically
promotes the input values to that type.  For example,
"myfunc(anycompatible, anycompatible)" can match a call with one
integer and one bigint argument, with the integer automatically
promoted to bigint.  With anyelement in the definition, the user
would have had to cast the integer explicitly.

The new types also provide a second, independent set of type variables
for function matching; thus with "myfunc(anyelement, anyelement,
anycompatible) returns anycompatible" the first two arguments are
constrained to be the same type, but the third can be some other
type, and the result has the type of the third argument.  The need
for more than one set of type variables was foreseen back when we
first invented the polymorphic types, but we never did anything
about it.

Pavel Stehule, revised a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDna7VqNi8gR+Tt2Ktmz0cq5G93guc3Sbn_NVPLdXAkqA@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-19 11:43:11 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut c314c147c0 Prepare to support non-tables in publications
This by itself doesn't change any functionality but prepares the way
for having relations other than base tables in publications.

Make arrangements for COPY handling the initial table sync.  For
non-tables we have to use COPY (SELECT ...) instead of directly
copying from the table, but then we have to take care to omit
generated columns from the column list.

Also, remove a hardcoded reference to relkind = 'r' and rely on the
publisher to send only what it can actually publish, which will be
correct even in future cross-version scenarios.

Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-19 08:25:07 +01:00
Fujii Masao 1d253bae57 Rename the recovery-related wait events.
This commit renames RecoveryWalAll and RecoveryWalStream wait events to
RecoveryWalStream and RecoveryRetrieveRetryInterval, respectively,
in order to make the names and what they are more consistent. For example,
previously RecoveryWalAll was reported as a wait event while the recovery
was waiting for WAL from a stream, and which was confusing because the name
was very different from the situation where the wait actually could happen.

The names of macro variables for those wait events also are renamed
accordingly.

This commit also changes the category of RecoveryRetrieveRetryInterval to
Timeout from Activity because the wait event is reported while waiting based
on wal_retrieve_retry_interval.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/124997ee-096a-5d09-d8da-2c7a57d0816e@oss.nttdata.com
2020-03-19 15:32:55 +09:00
Amit Kapila 72e78d831a Add assert to ensure that page locks don't participate in deadlock cycle.
Assert that we don't acquire any other heavyweight lock while holding the
page lock except for relation extension.  However, these locks are never
taken in reverse order which implies that page locks will never
participate in the deadlock cycle.

Similar to relation extension, page locks are also held for a short
duration, so imposing such a restriction won't hurt.

Author: Dilip Kumar, with few changes by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh and Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoCmT3cFQUN4aVvzy5chw7DuzXrJCbrjTU05B+Ss=Gn1LA@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-19 08:11:45 +05:30
Peter Geoghegan 6312c08a29 nbtree: Use raw PageAddItem() for retail inserts.
Only internal page splits need to call _bt_pgaddtup() instead of
PageAddItem(), and only for data items, one of which will end up at the
first offset (or first offset after the high key offset) on the new
right page.  This data item alone will need to be truncated in
_bt_pgaddtup().

Since there is no reason why retail inserts ever need to truncate the
incoming item, use a raw PageAddItem() call there instead.  Even
_bt_split() uses raw PageAddItem() calls for left page and right page
high keys.  Clearly the _bt_pgaddtup() shim function wasn't really
encapsulating anything.  _bt_pgaddtup() should now be thought of as a
_bt_split() helper function.

Note that the assertions from commit d1e241c2 verify that retail inserts
never insert an item at an internal page's negative infinity offset.
This invariant could only ever be violated as a result of a basic logic
error in nbtinsert.c.
2020-03-18 18:17:37 -07:00
Michael Paquier d41202f36e Fix comment related to concurrent index swapping in index.c
A comment about switching indisvalid of the new and old indexes swapped
in REINDEX CONCURRENTLY got this backwards.

Issue introduced by 5dc92b8, the original commit of REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200318143340.GA46897@nol
Backpatch-through: 12
2020-03-19 09:51:33 +09:00
Jeff Davis 1f39bce021 Disk-based Hash Aggregation.
While performing hash aggregation, track memory usage when adding new
groups to a hash table. If the memory usage exceeds work_mem, enter
"spill mode".

In spill mode, new groups are not created in the hash table(s), but
existing groups continue to be advanced if input tuples match. Tuples
that would cause a new group to be created are instead spilled to a
logical tape to be processed later.

The tuples are spilled in a partitioned fashion. When all tuples from
the outer plan are processed (either by advancing the group or
spilling the tuple), finalize and emit the groups from the hash
table. Then, create new batches of work from the spilled partitions,
and select one of the saved batches and process it (possibly spilling
recursively).

Author: Jeff Davis
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Adam Lee, Justin Pryzby, Taylor Vesely, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/507ac540ec7c20136364b5272acbcd4574aa76ef.camel@j-davis.com
2020-03-18 15:42:02 -07:00
Jeff Davis e00912e11a Specialize MemoryContextMemAllocated().
An AllocSet doubles the size of allocated blocks (up to maxBlockSize),
which means that the current block can represent half of the total
allocated space for the memory context. But the free space in the
current block may never have been touched, so don't count the
untouched memory as allocated for the purposes of
MemoryContextMemAllocated().

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ec63d70b668818255486a83ffadc3aec492c1f57.camel@j-davis.com
2020-03-18 15:39:14 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 487e9861d0
Enable BEFORE row-level triggers for partitioned tables
... with the limitation that the tuple must remain in the same
partition.

Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200227165158.GA2071@alvherre.pgsql
2020-03-18 18:58:05 -03:00
Peter Geoghegan b029395f5e Refactor nbtree fastpath optimization.
Commit 2b272734, which added the fastpath rightmost leaf page cache
insert optimization, added code to _bt_doinsert() to handle using and
invalidating the backend local block cache.  It doesn't seem like a good
place to handle these low level details, though.  _bt_doinsert() is
supposed to be a high level function -- it is the main entry point to
nbtinsert.c.

Restructure the code by placing handling of the rightmost block cache at
the start of a new _bt_search() shim function, _bt_search_insert().  The
new function is called from _bt_doinsert(), which uses it as a
_bt_search() variant that conveniently accepts its BTInsertState state
as an argument.  _bt_doinsert() no longer needs to directly consider the
fastpath optimization.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzk59cxKJRd=rfbyub6-V4yWRjsOYRkUNHBLT1P1GdtCQQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-18 14:42:49 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut a2b1faa0f2 Implement type regcollation
This will be helpful for a following commit and it's also just
generally useful, like the other reg* types.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro and Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0uEQCpfq_%2BLYFBdArCe4Ot98t1aR4eYiYTe%3DyavQygiQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-03-18 21:21:00 +01:00
Tomas Vondra ccaa3569f5 Recognize some OR clauses as compatible with functional dependencies
Since commit 8f321bd16c functional dependencies can handle IN clauses,
which however introduced a possible (and surprising) inconsistency,
because IN clauses may be expressed as an OR clause, which are still
considered incompatible. For example

  a IN (1, 2, 3)

may be rewritten as

  (a = 1 OR a = 2 OR a = 3)

The IN clause will work fine with functional dependencies, but the OR
clause will force the estimation to fall back to plain per-column
estimates, possibly introducing significant estimation errors.

This commit recognizes OR clauses equivalent to an IN clause (when all
arugments are compatible and reference the same attribute) as a special
case, compatible with functional dependencies. This allows applying
functional dependencies, just like for IN clauses.

This does not eliminate the difference in estimating the clause itself,
i.e. IN clause and OR clause still use different formulas. It would be
possible to change that (for these special OR clauses), but that's not
really about extended statistics - it was always like this. Moreover the
errors are usually much smaller compared to ignoring dependencies.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/13902317.Eha0YfKkKy%40pierred-pdoc
2020-03-18 16:41:49 +01:00
Tomas Vondra 6f72dbc48b Fix wording of several extended stats comments
Reported-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200113230008.g67iyk4cs3xbnjju@development
2020-03-18 13:40:13 +01:00
Amit Kapila b4f140869f Add missing errcode() in a few ereport calls.
This will allow to specifying SQLSTATE error code for the errors in the
missing places.

Reported-by: Sawada Masahiko
Author: Sawada Masahiko
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k6N8EjNvZpM8nme+y+05mz-SM8Z_BgkixzkA34R+ej0Kw@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-18 09:27:14 +05:30
Michael Paquier fdeeb524b4 Fix typo in indexcmds.c
Introduced by 61d7c7b.

Backpatch-through: 12
2020-03-18 11:13:12 +09:00
Amit Kapila 15ef6ff4b9 Assert that we don't acquire a heavyweight lock on another object after
relation extension lock.

The only exception to the rule is that we can try to acquire the same
relation extension lock more than once.  This is allowed as we are not
creating any new lock for this case.  This restriction implies that the
relation extension lock won't ever participate in the deadlock cycle
because we can never wait for any other heavyweight lock after acquiring
this lock.

Such a restriction is okay for relation extension locks as unlike other
heavyweight locks these are not held till the transaction end.  These are
taken for a short duration to extend a particular relation and then
released.

Author: Dilip Kumar, with few changes by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh and Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoCmT3cFQUN4aVvzy5chw7DuzXrJCbrjTU05B+Ss=Gn1LA@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-18 07:20:17 +05:30
Peter Geoghegan b897b3aae6 nbtree: Remove useless local variables.
Copying block and offset numbers to local variables in _bt_insertonpg()
made the code less readable.  Remove the variables.  There is already
code that conditionally calls BufferGetBlockNumber() in the same block,
so consistently do it that way instead.

Calling BufferGetBlockNumber() is very cheap, but we might as well avoid
it when it isn't truly necessary.  It isn't truly necessary for
_bt_insertonpg() to call BufferGetBlockNumber() in almost all cases.

Spotted while working on a patch that refactors the fastpath rightmost
leaf page cache optimization, which was added by commit 2b272734.
2020-03-17 18:39:26 -07:00
Thomas Munro 9b8aa09293 Don't use EV_CLEAR for kqueue events.
For the semantics to match the epoll implementation, we need a socket to
continue to appear readable/writable if you wait multiple times without
doing I/O in between (in Linux terminology: level-triggered rather than
edge-triggered).  This distinction will be important for later commits.
Similar to commit 3b790d256f for Windows.

Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJAC4Oqao%3DqforhNey20J8CiG2R%3DoBPqvfR0vOJrFysGw%40mail.gmail.com
2020-03-18 13:05:09 +13:00
Thomas Munro 7bc84a1f30 Fix kqueue support under debugger on macOS.
While running under a debugger, macOS's getppid() can return the
debugger's PID.  That could cause a backend to exit because it falsely
believed that the postmaster had died, since commit 815c2f09.

Continue to use getppid() as a fast postmaster check after adding the
postmaster's PID to a kqueue, to close a PID-reuse race, but double
check that it actually exited by trying to read the pipe.  The new check
isn't reached in the common case.

Reported-by: Alexander Korotkov <a.korotkov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKhAxJ8V8RVwCo6zJaeVrdOG1kFBHGZOOjf6DzW_omeMA%40mail.gmail.com
2020-03-18 13:05:07 +13:00
Tom Lane e6c178b5b7 Refactor our checks for valid function and aggregate signatures.
pg_proc.c and pg_aggregate.c had near-duplicate copies of the logic
to decide whether a function or aggregate's signature is legal.
This seems like a bad thing even without the problem that the
upcoming "anycompatible" patch would roughly double the complexity
of that logic.  Hence, refactor so that the rules are localized
in new subroutines supplied by parse_coerce.c.  (One could quibble
about just where to add that code, but putting it beside
enforce_generic_type_consistency seems not totally unreasonable.)

The fact that the rules are about to change would mandate some
changes in the wording of the associated error messages in any case.
I ended up spelling things out in a fairly literal fashion in the
errdetail messages, eg "A result of type anyelement requires at
least one input of type anyelement, anyarray, anynonarray, anyenum,
or anyrange."  Perhaps this is overkill, but once there's more than
one subgroup of polymorphic types, people might get confused by
more-abstract messages.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24137.1584139352@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-03-17 19:36:41 -04:00
Tom Lane 77ec5affbc Adjust handling of an ANYARRAY actual input for an ANYARRAY argument.
Ordinarily it's impossible for an actual input of a function to have
declared type ANYARRAY, since we'd resolve that to a concrete array
type before doing argument type resolution for the function.  But an
exception arises for functions applied to certain columns of pg_statistic
or pg_stats, since we abuse the "anyarray" pseudotype by using it to
declare those columns.  So parse_coerce.c has to deal with the case.

Previously we allowed an ANYARRAY actual input to match an ANYARRAY
polymorphic argument, but only if no other argument or result was
declared ANYELEMENT.  When that logic was written, those were the only
two polymorphic types, and I fear nobody thought carefully about how it
ought to extend to the other ones that came along later.  But actually
it was wrong even then, because if a function has two ANYARRAY
arguments, it should be able to expect that they have identical element
types, and we'd not be able to ensure that.

The correct generalization is that we can match an ANYARRAY actual input
to an ANYARRAY polymorphic argument only if no other argument or result
is of any polymorphic type, so that no promises are being made about
element type compatibility.  check_generic_type_consistency can't test
that condition, but it seems better anyway to accept such matches there
and then throw an error if needed in enforce_generic_type_consistency.
That way we can produce a specific error message rather than an
unintuitive "function does not exist" complaint.  (There's some risk
perhaps of getting new ambiguous-function complaints, but I think that
any set of functions for which that could happen would be ambiguous
against ordinary array columns as well.)  While we're at it, we can
improve the message that's produced in cases that the code did already
object to, as shown in the regression test changes.

Also, remove a similar test that got cargo-culted in for ANYRANGE;
there are no catalog columns of type ANYRANGE, and I hope we never
create any, so that's not needed.  (It was incomplete anyway.)

While here, update some comments and rearrange the code a bit in
preparation for upcoming additions of more polymorphic types.

In practical situations I believe this is just exchanging one error
message for another, hopefully better, one.  So it doesn't seem
needful to back-patch, even though the mistake is ancient.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21569.1584314271@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-03-17 18:29:14 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 5d0c2d5eba
Remove logical_read_local_xlog_page
It devolved into a content-less wrapper over read_local_xlog_page, with
nothing to add, plus it's easily confused with walsender's
logical_read_xlog_page.  There doesn't seem to be any reason for it to
stay.

src/include/replication/logicalfuncs.h becomes empty, so remove it too.
The prototypes it initially had were absorbed by generated fmgrprotos.h.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191115214102.GA15616@alvherre.pgsql
2020-03-17 18:18:01 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera bcd1c36300
Fix consistency issues with replication slot copy
Commit 9f06d79ef831's replication slot copying failed to
properly reserve the WAL that the slot is expecting to see
during DecodingContextFindStartpoint (to set the confirmed_flush
LSN), so concurrent activity could remove that WAL and cause the
copy process to error out.  But it doesn't actually *need* that
WAL anyway: instead of running decode to find confirmed_flush, it
can be copied from the source slot. Fix this by rearranging things
to avoid DecodingContextFindStartpoint() (leaving the target slot's
confirmed_flush_lsn to invalid), and set that up afterwards by copying
from the target slot's value.

Also ensure the source slot's confirmed_flush_lsn is valid.

Reported-by: Arseny Sher
Author: Masahiko Sawada, Arseny Sher
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/871rr3ohbo.fsf@ars-thinkpad
2020-03-17 16:13:18 -03:00
Tom Lane 9d9784c840 Remove bogus assertion about polymorphic SQL function result.
It is possible to reach check_sql_fn_retval() with an unresolved
polymorphic rettype, resulting in an assertion failure as demonstrated
by one of the added test cases.  However, the code following that
throws what seems an acceptable error message, so just remove the
Assert and adjust commentary.

While here, I thought it'd be a good idea to provide some parallel
tests of SQL-function and PL/pgSQL-function polymorphism behavior.
Some of these cases are perhaps duplicative of tests elsewhere,
but we hadn't any organized coverage of the topic AFAICS.

Although that assertion's been wrong all along, it won't have any
effect in production builds, so I'm not bothering to back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21569.1584314271@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-03-17 14:54:46 -04:00
Fujii Masao 1429d3f767 Fix comment in xlog.c.
This commit fixes the comment about SharedHotStandbyActive variable.
The comment was apparently copy-and-pasted.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACZ0uYEjpqZB9wN2Rwc_RMvDybyYqdbkPuDr1NyxJg4f9yGfMw@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-17 12:06:22 +09:00
Tom Lane 41b45576d5 Remove useless pfree()s at the ends of various ValuePerCall SRFs.
We don't need to manually clean up allocations in a SRF's
multi_call_memory_ctx, because the SRF_RETURN_DONE infrastructure
takes care of that (and also ensures that it will happen even if the
function never gets a final call, which simple manual cleanup cannot
do).

Hence, the code removed by this patch is a waste of code and cycles.
Worse, it gives the impression that cleaning up manually is a thing,
which can lead to more serious errors such as those fixed in
commits 085b6b667 and b4570d33a.  So we should get rid of it.

These are not quite actual bugs though, so I couldn't muster the
enthusiasm to back-patch.  Fix in HEAD only.

Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200308173103.GC1357@telsasoft.com
2020-03-16 21:36:53 -04:00
Tom Lane b4570d33aa Avoid holding a directory FD open across assorted SRF calls.
This extends the fixes made in commit 085b6b667 to other SRFs with the
same bug, namely pg_logdir_ls(), pgrowlocks(), pg_timezone_names(),
pg_ls_dir(), and pg_tablespace_databases().

Also adjust various comments and documentation to warn against
expecting to clean up resources during a ValuePerCall SRF's final
call.

Back-patch to all supported branches, since these functions were
all born broken.

Justin Pryzby, with cosmetic tweaks by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200308173103.GC1357@telsasoft.com
2020-03-16 21:05:52 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan 113758155c nbtree: Fix obsolete _bt_search() comment.
Oversight in commit d2086b08b0.
2020-03-16 15:51:06 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan 013c1f6af6 nbtree: Pass down MAXALIGN()'d itemsz for new item.
Refactor nbtinsert.c so that the final itemsz of each new non-pivot
tuple (the MAXALIGN()'d size) is determined once.  Most of the functions
used by leaf page inserts used the insertstate.itemsz value already.
This commit makes everything use insertstate.itemsz as standard
practice.  The goal is to decouple tuple size from "effective" tuple
size.  Making this distinction isn't truly necessary right now, but that
might change in the future.

Also explain why we consistently apply MAXALIGN() to get an effective
index tuple size.  This was rather unclear, in part because it isn't
actually strictly necessary right now.
2020-03-16 12:00:10 -07:00
Thomas Munro fc34b0d9de Introduce a maintenance_io_concurrency setting.
Introduce a GUC and a tablespace option to control I/O prefetching, much
like effective_io_concurrency, but for work that is done on behalf of
many client sessions.

Use the new setting in heapam.c instead of the hard-coded formula
effective_io_concurrency + 10 introduced by commit 558a9165e0.  Go with
a default value of 10 for now, because it's a round number pretty close
to the value used for that existing case.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJUw08dPs_3EUcdO6M90GnjofPYrWp4YSLaBkgYwS-AqA%40mail.gmail.com
2020-03-16 17:14:26 +13:00
Thomas Munro b09ff53667 Simplify the effective_io_concurrency setting.
The effective_io_concurrency GUC and equivalent tablespace option were
previously passed through a formula based on a theory about RAID
spindles and probabilities, to arrive at the number of pages to prefetch
in bitmap heap scans.  Tomas Vondra, Andres Freund and others argued
that it was anachronistic and hard to justify, and commit 558a9165e0
already started down the path of bypassing it in new code.  We agreed to
drop that logic and use the value directly.

For the default setting of 1, there is no change in effect.  Higher
settings can be converted from the old meaning to the new with:

  select round(sum(OLD / n::float)) from generate_series(1, OLD) s(n);

We might want to consider renaming the GUC before the next release given
the change in meaning, but it's not clear that many users had set it
very carefully anyway.  That decision is deferred for now.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJUw08dPs_3EUcdO6M90GnjofPYrWp4YSLaBkgYwS-AqA%40mail.gmail.com
2020-03-16 17:14:26 +13:00
Peter Geoghegan f207bb0b8f nbtree: Reorder nbtinsert.c prototypes.
Relocate _bt_newroot() prototype, so that the order that prototypes
appear in matches the order that the functions are defined in.
2020-03-15 20:53:12 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 70a7b4776b Add backend type to csvlog and optionally log_line_prefix
The backend type, which corresponds to what
pg_stat_activity.backend_type shows, is added as a column to the
csvlog and can optionally be added to log_line_prefix using the new %b
placeholder.

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh <kuntalghosh.2007@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c65e5196-4f04-4ead-9353-6088c19615a3@2ndquadrant.com
2020-03-15 11:20:21 +01:00
Tom Lane 87c9c2571c Rearrange pseudotypes.c to get rid of duplicative code.
Commit a5954de10 replaced a lot of manually-coded stub I/O routines
with code generated by macros.  That was a good idea but it didn't
go far enough, because there were still manually-coded stub input
routines for types that had live output routines.  Refactor the
macro so that we can generate just a stub input routine at need.

Also create similar macros to generate stub binary I/O routines,
since we have some of those now.  The only stub functions that remain
hand-coded are shell_in() and shell_out(), which need to be separate
because they use different error messages.

While here, rearrange the commentary to discuss each type not each
function.  This provides a better way to explain the *why* of which
types need which support, rather than just duplicatively annotating
the functions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24137.1584139352@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-03-14 15:31:44 -04:00
Tom Lane 4dbcb3f844 Restructure polymorphic-type resolution in funcapi.c.
resolve_polymorphic_tupdesc() and resolve_polymorphic_argtypes() failed to
cover the case of having to resolve anyarray given only an anyrange input.
The bug was masked if anyelement was also used (as either input or
output), which probably helps account for our not having noticed.

While looking at this I noticed that resolve_generic_type() would produce
the wrong answer if asked to make that same resolution.  ISTM that
resolve_generic_type() is confusingly defined and overly complex, so
rather than fix it, let's just make funcapi.c do the specific lookups
it requires for itself.

With this change, resolve_generic_type() is not used anywhere, so remove
it in HEAD.  In the back branches, leave it alone (complete with bug)
just in case any external code is using it.

While we're here, make some other refactoring adjustments in funcapi.c
with an eye to upcoming future expansion of the set of polymorphic types:

* Simplify quick-exit tests by adding an overall have_polymorphic_result
flag.  This is about a wash now but will be a win when there are more
flags.

* Reduce duplication of code between resolve_polymorphic_tupdesc() and
resolve_polymorphic_argtypes().

* Don't bother to validate correct matching of anynonarray or anyenum;
the parser should have done that, and even if it didn't, just doing
"return false" here would lead to a very confusing, off-point error
message.  (Really, "return false" in these two functions should only
occur if the call_expr isn't supplied or we can't obtain data type
info from it.)

* For the same reason, throw an elog rather than "return false" if
we fail to resolve a polymorphic type.

The bug's been there since we added anyrange, so back-patch to
all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6093.1584202130@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-03-14 14:42:22 -04:00
Tomas Vondra e83daa7e33 Use multi-variate MCV lists to estimate ScalarArrayOpExpr
Commit 8f321bd16c added support for estimating ScalarArrayOpExpr clauses
(IN/ANY) clauses using functional dependencies. There's no good reason
not to support estimation of these clauses using multi-variate MCV lists
too, so this commits implements that. That makes the behavior consistent
and MCV lists can estimate all variants (ANY/ALL, inequalities, ...).

Author: Tomas Vondra
Review: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/13902317.Eha0YfKkKy%40pierred-pdoc
2020-03-14 16:13:00 +01:00
Tomas Vondra 8f321bd16c Use functional dependencies to estimate ScalarArrayOpExpr
Until now functional dependencies supported only simple equality clauses
and clauses that can be trivially translated to equalities. This commit
allows estimation of some ScalarArrayOpExpr (IN/ANY) clauses.

For IN clauses we can do this thanks to using operator with equality
semantics, which means an IN clause

    WHERE c IN (1, 2, ..., N)

can be translated to

    WHERE (c = 1 OR c = 2 OR ... OR c = N)

IN clauses are now considered compatible with functional dependencies,
and rely on the same assumption of consistency of queries with data
(which is an assumption we already used for simple equality clauses).
This applies also to ALL clauses with an equality operator, which can be
considered equivalent to IN clause.

ALL clauses are still considered incompatible, although there's some
discussion about maybe relaxing this in the future.

Author: Pierre Ducroquet
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/13902317.Eha0YfKkKy%40pierred-pdoc
2020-03-14 16:12:41 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut d90bd24391 Remove am_syslogger global variable
Use the new MyBackendType instead.  More similar changes for other "am
something" variables are possible.  This one was just particularly
simple.

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh <kuntalghosh.2007@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c65e5196-4f04-4ead-9353-6088c19615a3@2ndquadrant.com
2020-03-13 14:01:15 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 8e8a0becb3 Unify several ways to tracking backend type
Add a new global variable MyBackendType that uses the same BackendType
enum that was previously only used by the stats collector.  That way
several duplicate ways of checking what type a particular process is
can be simplified.  Since it's no longer just for stats, move to
miscinit.c and rename existing functions to match the expanded
purpose.

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh <kuntalghosh.2007@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c65e5196-4f04-4ead-9353-6088c19615a3@2ndquadrant.com
2020-03-13 14:01:10 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 1cc9c2412c Preserve replica identity index across ALTER TABLE rewrite
If an index was explicitly set as replica identity index, this setting
was lost when a table was rewritten by ALTER TABLE.  Because this
setting is part of pg_index but actually controlled by ALTER
TABLE (not part of CREATE INDEX, say), we have to do some extra work
to restore it.

Based-on-patch-by: Quan Zongliang <quanzongliang@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira <euler.taveira@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c70fcab2-4866-0d9f-1d01-e75e189db342@gmail.com
2020-03-13 11:57:06 +01:00
Tom Lane 085b6b6679 Avoid holding a directory FD open across pg_ls_dir_files() calls.
This coding technique is undesirable because (a) it leaks the FD for
the rest of the transaction if the SRF is not run to completion, and
(b) allocated FDs are a scarce resource, but multiple interleaved
uses of the relevant functions could eat many such FDs.

In v11 and later, a query such as "SELECT pg_ls_waldir() LIMIT 1"
yields a warning about the leaked FD, and the only reason there's
no warning in earlier branches is that fd.c didn't whine about such
leaks before commit 9cb7db3f0.  Even disregarding the warning, it
wouldn't be too hard to run a backend out of FDs with careless use
of these SQL functions.

Hence, rewrite the function so that it reads the directory within
a single call, returning the results as a tuplestore rather than
via value-per-call mode.

There are half a dozen other built-in SRFs with similar problems,
but let's fix this one to start with, just to see if the buildfarm
finds anything wrong with the code.

In passing, fix bogus error report for stat() failure: it was
whining about the directory when it should be fingering the
individual file.  Doubtless a copy-and-paste error.

Back-patch to v10 where this function was added.

Justin Pryzby, with cosmetic tweaks and test cases by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200308173103.GC1357@telsasoft.com
2020-03-11 15:27:59 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut bf68b79e50 Refactor ps_status.c API
The init_ps_display() arguments were mostly lies by now, so to match
typical usage, just use one argument and let the caller assemble it
from multiple sources if necessary.  The only user of the additional
arguments is BackendInitialize(), which was already doing string
assembly on the caller side anyway.

Remove the second argument of set_ps_display() ("force") and just
handle that in init_ps_display() internally.

BackendInitialize() also used to set the initial status as
"authentication", but that was very far from where authentication
actually happened.  So now it's set to "initializing" and then
"authentication" just before the actual call to
ClientAuthentication().

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh <kuntalghosh.2007@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c65e5196-4f04-4ead-9353-6088c19615a3@2ndquadrant.com
2020-03-11 16:38:31 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera 899a04f5ed
Avoid duplicates in ALTER ... DEPENDS ON EXTENSION
If the command is attempted for an extension that the object already
depends on, silently do nothing.

In particular, this means that if a database containing multiple such
entries is dumped, the restore will silently do the right thing and
record just the first one.  (At least, in a world where pg_dump does
dump such entries -- which it doesn't currently, but it will.)

Backpatch to 9.6, where this kind of dependency was introduced.

Reviewed-by: Ibrar Ahmed, Tom Lane (offlist)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200217225333.GA30974@alvherre.pgsql
2020-03-11 11:04:59 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut 1c91838181 Clean up order in miscinit.c a bit
The code around InitPostmasterChild() from commit 31c453165b somehow
ended up in the middle of a block of code related to "User ID state".
Move it into its own block instead.
2020-03-11 13:51:55 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut aaa3aeddee Remove HAVE_WORKING_LINK
Previously, hard links were not used on Windows and Cygwin, but they
support them just fine in currently supported OS versions, so we can
use them there as well.

Since all supported platforms now support hard links, we can remove
the alternative code paths.

Rename durable_link_or_rename() to durable_rename_excl() to make the
purpose more clear without referencing the implementation details.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/72fff73f-dc9c-4ef4-83e8-d2e60c98df48%402ndquadrant.com
2020-03-11 11:23:04 +01:00
Peter Geoghegan 39eabec904 nbtree: Move fastpath NULL descent stack assertion.
Commit 074251db added an assertion that verified the fastpath/rightmost
page insert optimization's assumption about free space: There should
always be enough free space on the page to insert the new item without
splitting the page.  Otherwise, we end up using the "concurrent root
page split" phony/fake stack path in _bt_insert_parent().  This does not
lead to incorrect behavior, but it is likely to be far slower than
simply using the regular _bt_search() path.  The assertion catches
serious performance bugs that would probably take a long time to detect
any other way.

It seems much more natural to make this assertion just before the point
that we generate a fake/phony descent stack.  Move the assert there.
This also makes _bt_insertonpg() a bit more readable.
2020-03-10 17:25:47 -07:00
Tom Lane c8e8b2f9df Marginal comments and docs cleanup.
Fix up some imprecise comments and poor markup from ba79cb5dc.  Also try
to convert the documentation of log_min_duration_sample and friends into
passable English.
2020-03-10 17:34:09 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan d1e241c226 nbtree: Demote minus infinity "can't happen" error.
Only a very basic logic bug in a _bt_insertonpg() caller could lead to a
violation of this invariant.  Besides, any newitemoff used for an
internal page is sanitized using other "can't happen" errors in
_bt_getstackbuf() or its callers, before _bt_insertonpg() even gets
called.

Also, move the error/assertion from the insert-without-split path of
_bt_insertonpg() to the top of the same function.  There is no reason
why this invariant only applies to insertions that happen to not result
in a page split; cover every insertion.  The assertion naturally belongs
next to the existing generic assertions that document relatively
high-level invariants for the item being inserted.
2020-03-10 14:15:41 -07:00
Tom Lane cacef17223 Ensure that CREATE TABLE LIKE copies any NO INHERIT constraint property.
Since the documentation about LIKE doesn't say that a copied constraint
has properties different from the original, it seems that ignoring
a NO INHERIT property doesn't meet the principle of least surprise.
So make it copy that.

(Note, however, that we still don't copy a NOT VALID property;
CREATE TABLE offers no way to do that, plus it seems pointless.)

Arguably this is a bug fix; but no back-patch, as it seems barely
possible somebody is depending on the current behavior.

Ildar Musin and Chris Travers; reviewed by Amit Langote and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAONYFtMC6C+3AWCVp7Yd8H87Zn0GxG1_iQG6_bQKbaqYZY0=-g@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-10 14:54:00 -04:00
Tom Lane d01f03a495 Preserve integer and float values accurately in (de)serialize_deflist.
Previously, this code just smashed all types of DefElem values to
strings, cavalierly reasoning that nobody would care.  But in point of
fact, most of the defGetFoo functions do distinguish among different
input syntaxes; for instance defGetBoolean will accept 1 as an integer
but not "1" as a string.  This led to CREATE/ALTER TEXT SEARCH
DICTIONARY accepting 0 and 1 as values for boolean dictionary
properties, only to have the dictionary fail at runtime.

We can upgrade this behavior by teaching serialize_deflist that it
does not need to quote T_Integer or T_Float nodes' values on output,
and then teaching deserialize_deflist to restore unquoted integer or
float values as the appropriate node type.  This should not break
anything using pg_ts_dict.dictinitoption, since that field is just
defined as being something valid to include in CREATE TEXT SEARCH
DICTIONARY.

deserialize_deflist is also used to parse the options arguments
for the ts_headline family of functions, but so far as I can see
this won't cause any problems there either: the only consumer of
that output is prsd_headline which always uses defGetString.
(Really that's a bad idea, but I won't risk changing it here.)

This is surely a bug fix, but given the lack of field complaints
I don't think it's necessary to back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1xRcs_BUPzR0+V3WndaCAv0E_m3h6aUEJ8NF-sY1nnHsw@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-10 12:30:02 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 40b3e2c201
Split out CreateCast into src/backend/catalog/pg_cast.c
This catalog-handling code was previously together with the rest of
CastCreate() in src/backend/commands/functioncmds.c.  A future patch
will need a way to add casts internally, so this will be useful to have
separate.

Also, move the nearby get_cast_oid() function from functioncmds.c to
lsyscache.c, which seems a more natural place for it.

Author: Paul Jungwirth, minor edits by Álvaro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200309210003.GA19992@alvherre.pgsql
2020-03-10 11:28:23 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut 3c173a53a8 Remove utils/acl.h from catalog/objectaddress.h
The need for this was removed by
8b9e9644dc.

A number of files now need to include utils/acl.h or
parser/parse_node.h explicitly where they previously got it indirectly
somehow.

Since parser/parse_node.h already includes nodes/parsenodes.h, the
latter is then removed where the former was added.  Also, remove
nodes/pg_list.h from objectaddress.h, since that's included via
nodes/parsenodes.h.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/7601e258-26b2-8481-36d0-dc9dca6f28f1%402ndquadrant.com
2020-03-10 10:27:00 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 17b9e7f9fe Support adding partitioned tables to publication
When a partitioned table is added to a publication, changes of all of
its partitions (current or future) are published via that publication.

This change only affects which tables a publication considers as its
members.  The receiving side still sees the data coming from the
individual leaf partitions.  So existing restrictions that partition
hierarchies can only be replicated one-to-one are not changed by this.

Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.pghackers@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+HiwqH=Y85vRK3mOdjEkqFK+E=ST=eQiHdpj43L=_eJMOOznQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-10 09:09:32 +01:00
Michael Paquier 61d7c7bce3 Prevent reindex of invalid indexes on TOAST tables
Such indexes can only be duplicated leftovers of a previously failed
REINDEX CONCURRENTLY command, and a valid equivalent is guaranteed to
exist.  As toast indexes can only be dropped if invalid, reindexing
these would lead to useless duplicated indexes that can't be dropped
anymore, except if the parent relation is dropped.

Thanks to Justin Pryzby for reminding that this problem was reported
long ago during the review of the original patch of REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY, but the issue was never addressed.

Reported-by: Sergei Kornilov, Justin Pryzby
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/36712441546604286%40sas1-890ba5c2334a.qloud-c.yandex.net
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200216190835.GA21832@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 12
2020-03-10 15:38:17 +09:00
Fujii Masao 71e0d0a737 Tidy up XLogSource code in xlog.c.
This commit replaces 0 used as an initial value of XLogSource variable,
with XLOG_FROM_ANY. Also this commit changes those variable so that
XLogSource instead of int is used as the type for them. These changes
are for code readability and debugger-friendliness.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200227.124830.2197604521555566121.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2020-03-10 09:41:44 +09:00
Jeff Davis 24d85952a5 Introduce LogicalTapeSetExtend().
Increases the number of tapes in a logical tape set. This will be
important for disk-based hash aggregation, because the maximum number
of tapes is not known ahead of time.

While discussing this change, it was observed to regress the
performance of Sort for at least one test case. The performance
regression was because some versions of GCC switch to an inlined
version of memcpy() in LogicalTapeWrite() after this change. No
performance regression for clang was observed.

Because the regression is due to an arbitrary decision by the
compiler, I decided it shouldn't hold up this change. If it needs to
be fixed, we can find a workaround.

Author: Adam Lee, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e54bfec11c59689890f277722aaaabd05f78e22c.camel%40j-davis.com
2020-03-09 10:40:02 -07:00
Fujii Masao 17d3fcdc39 Fix bug that causes to report waiting in PS display twice, in hot standby.
Previously "waiting" could appear twice via PS in case of lock conflict
in hot standby mode. Specifically this issue happend when the delay
in WAL application determined by max_standby_archive_delay and
max_standby_streaming_delay had passed but it took more than 500 msec
to cancel all the conflicting transactions. Especially we can observe this
easily by setting those delay parameters to -1.

The cause of this issue was that WaitOnLock() and
ResolveRecoveryConflictWithVirtualXIDs() added "waiting" to
the process title in that case. This commit prevents
ResolveRecoveryConflictWithVirtualXIDs() from reporting waiting
in case of lock conflict, to fix the bug.

Back-patch to all back branches.

Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+fd4k4mXWTwfQLS3RPwGr4xnfAEs1ysFfgYHvmmoUgv6Zxvmg@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-10 00:14:43 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 71d60e2aa0 Add tg_updatedcols to TriggerData
This allows a trigger function to determine for an UPDATE trigger
which columns were actually updated.  This allows some optimizations
in generic trigger functions such as lo_manage and
tsvector_update_trigger.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/11c5f156-67a9-0fb5-8200-2a8018eb2e0c@2ndquadrant.com
2020-03-09 09:34:55 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 8f152b6c50 Code simplification
Initialize TriggerData to 0 for the whole struct together, instead of
each field separately.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/11c5f156-67a9-0fb5-8200-2a8018eb2e0c@2ndquadrant.com
2020-03-09 09:34:55 +01:00
Fujii Masao ef34ab42a8 Avoid assertion failure with targeted recovery in standby mode.
At the end of recovery, standby mode is turned off to re-fetch the last
valid record from archive or pg_wal. Previously, if recovery target was
reached and standby mode was turned off while the current WAL source
was stream, recovery could try to retrieve WAL file containing the last
valid record unexpectedly from stream even though not in standby mode.
This caused an assertion failure. That is, the assertion test confirms that
WAL file should not be retrieved from stream if standby mode is not true.

This commit moves back the current WAL source to archive if it's stream
even though not in standby mode, to avoid that assertion failure.

This issue doesn't cause the server to crash when built with assertion
disabled. In this case, the attempt to retrieve WAL file from stream not
in standby mode just fails. And then recovery tries to retrieve WAL file
from archive or pg_wal.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200227.124830.2197604521555566121.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2020-03-09 15:32:32 +09:00
Fujii Masao d9249441ef Mark ssl_passphrase_command as GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY.
This commit changes the GUC ssl_passphrase_command so that
it's examinable by only superuser and a member of pg_read_all_settings.
Per discussion, we determined to do this because the parameter may
contain a sensitive informtaion like a passphrase itself.

Author: Insung Moon
Reviewed-by: Keisuke Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEMmqBuHVGayc+QkYKgx3gWSdqwTAQGw+0DYn3WhcX-eNa2ntA@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-09 11:41:31 +09:00
Tom Lane ea7dace2aa Simplify/speed up assertion cross-check in ginCompressPostingList().
I noticed while testing some other stuff that the CHECK_ENCODING_ROUNDTRIP
logic in ginCompressPostingList could account for over 50% of the runtime
of an INSERT with a GIN index.  While that's not relevant to production
performance, it's still kind of annoying in a debug build.  Replacing
the loop around short memcmp's with one long memcmp works just as well
and is significantly faster, at least on my machine.
2020-03-07 13:31:17 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 8d7def5c27 Fix typo 2020-03-07 08:51:59 +01:00
Tom Lane a6525588b7 Allow Unicode escapes in any server encoding, not only UTF-8.
SQL includes provisions for numeric Unicode escapes in string
literals and identifiers.  Previously we only accepted those
if they represented ASCII characters or the server encoding
was UTF-8, making the conversion to internal form trivial.
This patch adjusts things so that we'll call the appropriate
encoding conversion function in less-trivial cases, allowing
the escape sequence to be accepted so long as it corresponds
to some character available in the server encoding.

This also applies to processing of Unicode escapes in JSONB.
However, the old restriction still applies to client-side
JSON processing, since that hasn't got access to the server's
encoding conversion infrastructure.

This patch includes some lexer infrastructure that simplifies
throwing errors with error cursors pointing into the middle of
a string (or other complex token).  For the moment I only used
it for errors relating to Unicode escapes, but we might later
expand the usage to some other cases.

Patch by me, reviewed by John Naylor.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2393.1578958316@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-03-06 14:17:43 -05:00
Tom Lane fe30e7ebfa Allow ALTER TYPE to change some properties of a base type.
Specifically, this patch allows ALTER TYPE to:
* Change the default TOAST strategy for a toastable base type;
* Promote a non-toastable type to toastable;
* Add/remove binary I/O functions for a type;
* Add/remove typmod I/O functions for a type;
* Add/remove a custom ANALYZE statistics functions for a type.

The first of these can be done by the type's owner; all the others
require superuser privilege since misuse could cause problems.

The main motivation for this patch is to allow extensions to
upgrade the feature sets of their data types, so the set of
alterable properties is biased towards that use-case.  However
it's also true that changing some other properties would be
a lot harder, as they get baked into physical storage and/or
stored expressions that depend on the type.

Along the way, refactor GenerateTypeDependencies() to make it easier
to call, refactor DefineType's volatility checks so they can be shared
by AlterType, and teach typcache.c that it might have to reload data
from the type's pg_type row, a scenario it never handled before.
Also rearrange alter_type.sgml a bit for clarity (put the
composite-type operations together).

Tomas Vondra and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200228004440.b23ein4qvmxnlpht@development
2020-03-06 12:19:29 -05:00
Tom Lane bb03010b9f Remove the "opaque" pseudo-type and associated compatibility hacks.
A long time ago, it was necessary to declare datatype I/O functions,
triggers, and language handler support functions in a very type-unsafe
way involving a single pseudo-type "opaque".  We got rid of those
conventions in 7.3, but there was still support in various places to
automatically convert such functions to the modern declaration style,
to be able to transparently re-load dumps from pre-7.3 servers.
It seems unnecessary to continue to support that anymore, so take out
the hacks; whereupon the "opaque" pseudo-type itself is no longer
needed and can be dropped.

This is part of a group of patches removing various server-side kluges
for transparently upgrading pre-8.0 dump files.  Since we've had few
complaints about dropping pg_dump's support for dumping from pre-8.0
servers (commit 64f3524e2), it seems okay to now remove these kluges.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4110.1583255415@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-03-05 15:48:56 -05:00
Tom Lane 84eca14bc4 Remove ancient hacks to ignore certain opclass names in CREATE INDEX.
Twenty years ago, we removed certain operator classes in favor of
letting indexes over their data types be built with some other
binary-compatible, more standard opclass.  As a hack to allow existing
index definitions to be dumped and reloaded, we made CREATE INDEX ignore
the removed opclass names, so that such indexes would fall back to the
new default opclass for their data types.  This was never intended to
be a long-lived thing; it carries the obvious risk of breaking some
future developer's attempt to re-use those old opclass names.  Since
all of the cases in question are for opclasses that were removed
before PG 8.0, it seems okay to get rid of these hacks now.

This is part of a group of patches removing various server-side kluges
for transparently upgrading pre-8.0 dump files.  Since we've had few
complaints about dropping pg_dump's support for dumping from pre-8.0
servers (commit 64f3524e2), it seems okay to now remove these kluges.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3685.1583422389@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-03-05 15:36:06 -05:00
Tom Lane e58a599752 Remove ancient support for upgrading pre-7.3 foreign key constraints.
Before 7.3, foreign key constraints had no explicit catalog
representation, so that what pg_dump produced for them was (usually)
a set of three CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER commands.  Commit a2899ebdc
and some follow-on fixes added an ugly hack in CreateTrigger() to
recognize that pattern and reconstruct the foreign key definition.
However, we've never had any test coverage for that code, so that it's
legitimate to wonder if it still works; and having to maintain it in
the face of upcoming trigger-related patches seems rather pointless.
Let's decree that its time has passed, and drop it.

This is part of a group of patches removing various server-side kluges
for transparently upgrading pre-8.0 dump files.  Since we've had few
complaints about dropping pg_dump's support for dumping from pre-8.0
servers (commit 64f3524e2), it seems okay to now remove these kluges.

Daniel Gustafsson

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/805874E2-999C-4CDA-856F-1AFBD9DFE933@yesql.se
2020-03-05 15:25:45 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera a77315fdf2
Remove RangeIOData->typiofunc
We used to carry the I/O function OID in RangeIOData, but it's not used
for anything.  Since the struct is not exposed to the world anyway, we
can simplify it a bit.  Also, rename the FmgrInfo member to match
the accompanying 'typioparam' and put them in a more sensible order.

Reviewed by Tom Lane and Paul Jungwirth.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200304215711.GA8732@alvherre.pgsql
2020-03-05 11:35:02 -03:00
Michael Paquier fbcf087112 Fix more issues with dependency handling at swap phase of REINDEX CONCURRENTLY
When canceling a REINDEX CONCURRENTLY operation after swapping is done,
a drop of the parent table would leave behind old indexes.  This is a
consequence of 68ac9cf, which fixed the case of pg_depend bloat when
repeating REINDEX CONCURRENTLY on the same relation.

In order to take care of the problem without breaking the previous fix,
this uses a different strategy, possible even with the exiting set of
routines to handle dependency changes.  The dependencies of/on the
new index are additionally switched to the old one, allowing an old
invalid index remaining around because of a cancellation or a failure to
use the dependency links of the concurrently-created index.  This
ensures that dropping any objects the old invalid index depends on also
drops the old index automatically.

Reported-by: Julien Rouhaud
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200227080735.l32fqcauy73lon7o@nol
Backpatch-through: 12
2020-03-05 12:50:15 +09:00
Jeff Davis c954d49046 Extend ExecBuildAggTrans() to support a NULL pointer check.
Optionally push a step to check for a NULL pointer to the pergroup
state.

This will be important for disk-based hash aggregation in combination
with grouping sets. When memory limits are reached, a given tuple may
find its per-group state for some grouping sets but not others. For
the former, it advances the per-group state as normal; for the latter,
it skips evaluation and the calling code will have to spill the tuple
and reprocess it in a later batch.

Add the NULL check as a separate expression step because in some
common cases it's not needed.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200221202212.ssb2qpmdgrnx52sj%40alap3.anarazel.de
2020-03-04 17:29:18 -08:00
Tom Lane 3ed2005ff5 Introduce macros for typalign and typstorage constants.
Our usual practice for "poor man's enum" catalog columns is to define
macros for the possible values and use those, not literal constants,
in C code.  But for some reason lost in the mists of time, this was
never done for typalign/attalign or typstorage/attstorage.  It's never
too late to make it better though, so let's do that.

The reason I got interested in this right now is the need to duplicate
some uses of the TYPSTORAGE constants in an upcoming ALTER TYPE patch.
But in general, this sort of change aids greppability and readability,
so it's a good idea even without any specific motivation.

I may have missed a few places that could be converted, and it's even
more likely that pending patches will re-introduce some hard-coded
references.  But that's not fatal --- there's no expectation that
we'd actually change any of these values.  We can clean up stragglers
over time.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16457.1583189537@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-03-04 10:34:25 -05:00
Tom Lane d677550493 Allow to_date/to_timestamp to recognize non-English month/day names.
to_char() has long allowed the TM (translation mode) prefix to
specify output of translated month or day names; but that prefix
had no effect in input format strings.  Now it does.  to_date()
and to_timestamp() will now recognize the same month or day names
that to_char() would output for the same format code.  Matching is
case-insensitive (per the active collation's notion of what that
means), just as it has always been for English month/day names
without the TM prefix.

(As per the discussion thread, there are lots of cases that this
feature will not handle, such as alternate day names.  But being
able to accept what to_char() will output seems useful enough.)

In passing, fix some shaky English and violations of message
style guidelines in jsonpath errors for the .datetime() method,
which depends on this code.

Juan José Santamaría Flecha, reviewed and modified by me,
with other commentary from Alvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra,
Arthur Zakirov, Peter Eisentraut, Mark Dilger.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC+AXB3u1jTngJcoC1nAHBf=M3v-jrEfo86UFtCqCjzbWS9QhA@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-03 11:06:47 -05:00
Peter Geoghegan 1e07f5e0a1 Remove overzealous _bt_split() assertions.
_bt_split() is passed NULL as its insertion scankey for internal page
splits.  Two recently added Assert() statements failed to consider this,
leading to a crash with pg_upgrade'd BREE_VERSION < 4 indexes.  Remove
the assertions.

The assertions in question were added by commit 0d861bbb, which added
nbtree deduplication.  It would be possible to fix the assertions
directly instead, but they weren't adding much anyway.
2020-03-02 21:40:11 -08:00
Michael Paquier 0b48f1335d Fix assertion failure with ALTER TABLE ATTACH PARTITION and indexes
Using ALTER TABLE ATTACH PARTITION causes an assertion failure when
attempting to work on a partitioned index, because partitioned indexes
cannot have partition bounds.

The grammar of ALTER TABLE ATTACH PARTITION requires partition bounds,
but not ALTER INDEX, so mixing ALTER TABLE with partitioned indexes is
confusing.  Hence, on HEAD, prevent ALTER TABLE to attach a partition if
the relation involved is a partitioned index.  On back-branches, as
applications may rely on the existing behavior, just remove the
culprit assertion.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Amit Langote, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16276-5cd1dcc8fb8be7b5@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
2020-03-03 13:55:41 +09:00
Fujii Masao e65497df8f Report progress of streaming base backup.
This commit adds pg_stat_progress_basebackup view that reports
the progress while an application like pg_basebackup is taking
a base backup. This uses the progress reporting infrastructure
added by c16dc1aca5, adding support for streaming base backup.

Bump catversion.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Amit Langote, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9ed8b801-8215-1f3d-62d7-65bff53f6e94@oss.nttdata.com
2020-03-03 12:03:43 +09:00
Michael Paquier d79fb88ac7 Preserve pg_index.indisclustered across REINDEX CONCURRENTLY
If the flag value is lost, a CLUSTER query following REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY could fail.  Non-concurrent REINDEX is already handling
this case consistently.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200229024202.GH29456@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 12
2020-03-03 10:12:28 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera 2f9661311b
Represent command completion tags as structs
The backend was using strings to represent command tags and doing string
comparisons in multiple places, but that's slow and unhelpful.  Create a
new command list with a supporting structure to use instead; this is
stored in a tag-list-file that can be tailored to specific purposes with
a caller-definable C macro, similar to what we do for WAL resource
managers.  The first first such uses are a new CommandTag enum and a
CommandTagBehavior struct.

Replace numerous occurrences of char *completionTag with a
QueryCompletion struct so that the code no longer stores information
about completed queries in a cstring.  Only at the last moment, in
EndCommand(), does this get converted to a string.

EventTriggerCacheItem no longer holds an array of palloc’d tag strings
in sorted order, but rather just a Bitmapset over the CommandTags.

Author: Mark Dilger, with unsolicited help from Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: John Naylor, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/981A9DB4-3F0C-4DA5-88AD-CB9CFF4D6CAD@enterprisedb.com
2020-03-02 18:19:51 -03:00
Peter Geoghegan 77b88bd5dc Add assertions to _bt_update_posting().
Copy some assertions from _bt_form_posting() to its sibling function,
_bt_update_posting().

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkPR8KMwkL0ap976kmXwBCeukTeHz6fB-U__wvuP1S9Zg@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-02 08:07:16 -08:00
Michael Paquier 12c5cad76f Handle logical decoding in multi-insert for catalog tuples
The code path for multi-insert decoding is not stressed yet for
catalogs (a future patch may introduce this capability), so no
back-patch is needed.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9690D72F-5C4F-4016-9572-6D16684E1D87@yesql.se
2020-03-02 10:00:37 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan 84ec9b231a Remove dead code from _bt_update_posting().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmAufHiOku6AGiFD=81VQs5nYJ1L2YkhW1t+BH4CMsgRw@mail.gmail.com
2020-03-01 12:11:26 -08:00
Dean Rasheed 43a899f41f Fix corner-case loss of precision in numeric ln().
When deciding on the local rscale to use for the Taylor series
expansion, ln_var() neglected to account for the fact that the result
is subsequently multiplied by a factor of 2^(nsqrt+1), where nsqrt is
the number of square root operations performed in the range reduction
step, which can be as high as 22 for very large inputs. This could
result in a loss of precision, particularly when combined with large
rscale values, for which a large number of Taylor series terms is
required (up to around 400).

Fix by computing a few extra digits in the Taylor series, based on the
weight of the multiplicative factor log10(2^(nsqrt+1)). It remains to
be proven whether or not the other 8 extra digits used for the Taylor
series is appropriate, but this at least deals with the obvious
oversight of failing to account for the effects of the final
multiplication.

Per report from Justin AnyhowStep. Reviewed by Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16280-279f299d9c06e56f@postgresql.org
2020-03-01 14:49:25 +00:00
Tom Lane 58c47ccfff Correctly re-use hash tables in buildSubPlanHash().
Commit 356687bd8 omitted to remove leftover code for destroying
a hashed subplan's hash tables, with the result that the tables
were always rebuilt not reused; this leads to severe memory
leakage if a hashed subplan is re-executed enough times.
Moreover, the code for reusing the hashnulls table had a typo
that would have made it do the wrong thing if it were reached.

Looking at the code coverage report shows severe under-coverage
of the potential callers of ResetTupleHashTable, so add some test
cases that exercise them.

Andreas Karlsson and Tom Lane, per reports from Ranier Vilela
and Justin Pryzby.

Backpatch to v11, as the faulty commit was.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/edb62547-c453-c35b-3ed6-a069e4d6b937@proxel.se
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAo=DCebm1RXtig9OH+QivpS97sMkikt0A9qHmMUs+g6ZA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200210032547.GA1412@telsasoft.com
2020-02-29 13:48:09 -05:00
Tom Lane 6afc8aefd3 Remove obsolete comment.
Noted while studying subplan hash issue.
2020-02-29 13:23:12 -05:00
Tom Lane 80d76be51c Avoid failure if autovacuum tries to access a just-dropped temp namespace.
Such an access became possible when commit 246a6c8f7 added more
aggressive cleanup of orphaned temp relations by autovacuum.
Since autovacuum's snapshot might be slightly stale, it could
attempt to access an already-dropped temp namespace, resulting in
an assertion failure or null-pointer dereference.  (In practice,
since we don't drop temp namespaces automatically but merely
recycle them, this situation could only arise if a superuser does
a manual drop of a temp namespace.  Still, that should be allowed.)

The core of the bug, IMO, is that isTempNamespaceInUse and its callers
failed to think hard about whether to treat "temp namespace isn't there"
differently from "temp namespace isn't in use".  In hopes of forestalling
future mistakes of the same ilk, replace that function with a new one
checkTempNamespaceStatus, which makes the same tests but returns a
three-way enum rather than just a bool.  isTempNamespaceInUse is gone
entirely in HEAD; but just in case some external code is relying on it,
keep it in the back branches, as a bug-compatible wrapper around the
new function.

Per report originally from Prabhat Kumar Sahu, investigated by Mahendra
Singh and Michael Paquier; the final form of the patch is my fault.
This replaces the failed fix attempt in a052f6cbb.

Backpatch as far as v11, as 246a6c8f7 was.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKYtNAr9Zq=1-ww4etHo-VCC-k120YxZy5OS01VkaLPaDbv2tg@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-28 20:28:34 -05:00
Jeff Davis 32bb4535a0 Fix commit c11cb17d.
I neglected to update copyfuncs/outfuncs/readfuncs.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12491.1582833409%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-02-28 09:35:11 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera db989184cd
Add comments on avoid reuse of parse-time snapshot
Apparently, reusing the parse-time query snapshot for later steps
(execution) is a frequently considered optimization ... but it doesn't
work, for reasons discovered in thread [1].  Adding some comments about
why it doesn't really work can relieve some future hackers from wasting
time reimplementing it again.

[1] https://postgr.es/m/flat/5075D8DF.6050500@fuzzy.cz

Author: Michail Nikolaev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANtu0ogp6cTvMJObXP8n=k+JtqxY1iT9UV5MbGCpjjPa5crCiw@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-28 13:25:26 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut 1933ae629e Add PostgreSQL home page to --help output
Per emerging standard in GNU programs and elsewhere.  Autoconf already
has support for specifying a home page, so we can just that.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8d389c5f-7fb5-8e48-9a4a-68cec44786fa%402ndquadrant.com
2020-02-28 13:12:21 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 864934131e Refer to bug report address by symbol rather than hardcoding
Use the PACKAGE_BUGREPORT macro that is created by Autoconf for
referring to the bug reporting address rather than hardcoding it
everywhere.  This makes it easier to change the address and it reduces
translation work.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8d389c5f-7fb5-8e48-9a4a-68cec44786fa%402ndquadrant.com
2020-02-28 13:12:21 +01:00
Jeff Davis c11cb17dc5 Save calculated transitionSpace in Agg node.
This will be useful in the upcoming Hash Aggregation work to improve
estimates for hash table sizing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37091115219dd522fd9ed67333ee8ed1b7e09443.camel%40j-davis.com
2020-02-27 11:20:56 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera b9b408c487
Record parents of triggers
This let us get rid of a recently introduced ugly hack (commit
1fa846f1c9).

Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200217215641.GA29784@alvherre.pgsql
2020-02-27 13:23:33 -03:00
Robert Haas 05d8449e73 Move src/backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c to src/common
This also involves renaming src/include/utils/hashutils.h, which
becomes src/include/common/hashfn.h. Perhaps an argument can be
made for keeping the hashutils.h name, but it seemed more
consistent to make it match the name of the file, and also more
descriptive of what is actually going on here.

Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger. Off-list
advice on how not to break the Windows build from Davinder Singh
and Amit Kapila.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-27 09:25:41 +05:30
Peter Geoghegan 2c0797da2c Silence another compiler warning in nbtinsert.c.
Per complaint from Álvaro Herrera.
2020-02-26 15:15:45 -08:00
Tom Lane a477bfc1df Suppress unnecessary RelabelType nodes in more cases.
eval_const_expressions sometimes produced RelabelType nodes that
were useless because they just relabeled an expression to the same
exposed type it already had.  This is worth avoiding because it can
cause two equivalent expressions to not be equal(), preventing
recognition of useful optimizations.  In the test case added here,
an unpatched planner fails to notice that the "sqli = constant" clause
renders a sort step unnecessary, because one code path produces an
extra RelabelType and another doesn't.

Fix by ensuring that eval_const_expressions_mutator's T_RelabelType
case will not add in an unnecessary RelabelType.  Also save some
code by sharing a subroutine with the effectively-equivalent cases
for CollateExpr and CoerceToDomain.  (CollateExpr had no bug, and
I think that the case couldn't arise with CoerceToDomain, but
it seems prudent to do the same check for all three cases.)

Back-patch to v12.  In principle this has been wrong all along,
but I haven't seen a case where it causes visible misbehavior
before v12, so refrain from changing stable branches unnecessarily.

Per investigation of a report from Eric Gillum.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMmjdmvAZsUEskHYj=KT9sTukVVCiCSoe_PBKOXsncFeAUDPCQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-26 18:14:12 -05:00
Peter Geoghegan 2d8a6fad18 Silence compiler warning in nbtinsert.c.
Per buildfarm member longfin.
2020-02-26 13:17:36 -08:00
Peter Geoghegan 0d861bbb70 Add deduplication to nbtree.
Deduplication reduces the storage overhead of duplicates in indexes that
use the standard nbtree index access method.  The deduplication process
is applied lazily, after the point where opportunistic deletion of
LP_DEAD-marked index tuples occurs.  Deduplication is only applied at
the point where a leaf page split would otherwise be required.  New
posting list tuples are formed by merging together existing duplicate
tuples.  The physical representation of the items on an nbtree leaf page
is made more space efficient by deduplication, but the logical contents
of the page are not changed.  Even unique indexes make use of
deduplication as a way of controlling bloat from duplicates whose TIDs
point to different versions of the same logical table row.

The lazy approach taken by nbtree has significant advantages over a GIN
style eager approach.  Most individual inserts of index tuples have
exactly the same overhead as before.  The extra overhead of
deduplication is amortized across insertions, just like the overhead of
page splits.  The key space of indexes works in the same way as it has
since commit dd299df8 (the commit that made heap TID a tiebreaker
column).

Testing has shown that nbtree deduplication can generally make indexes
with about 10 or 15 tuples for each distinct key value about 2.5X - 4X
smaller, even with single column integer indexes (e.g., an index on a
referencing column that accompanies a foreign key).  The final size of
single column nbtree indexes comes close to the final size of a similar
contrib/btree_gin index, at least in cases where GIN's posting list
compression isn't very effective.  This can significantly improve
transaction throughput, and significantly reduce the cost of vacuuming
indexes.

A new index storage parameter (deduplicate_items) controls the use of
deduplication.  The default setting is 'on', so all new B-Tree indexes
automatically use deduplication where possible.  This decision will be
reviewed at the end of the Postgres 13 beta period.

There is a regression of approximately 2% of transaction throughput with
synthetic workloads that consist of append-only inserts into a table
with several non-unique indexes, where all indexes have few or no
repeated values.  The underlying issue is that cycles are wasted on
unsuccessful attempts at deduplicating items in non-unique indexes.
There doesn't seem to be a way around it short of disabling
deduplication entirely.  Note that deduplication of items in unique
indexes is fairly well targeted in general, which avoids the problem
there (we can use a special heuristic to trigger deduplication passes in
unique indexes, since we're specifically targeting "version bloat").

Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_vacuum changed.

No bump in BTREE_VERSION, since the representation of posting list
tuples works in a way that's backwards compatible with version 4 indexes
(i.e. indexes built on PostgreSQL 12).  However, users must still
REINDEX a pg_upgrade'd index to use deduplication, regardless of the
Postgres version they've upgraded from.  This is the only way to set the
new nbtree metapage flag indicating that deduplication is generally
safe.

Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/55E4051B.7020209@postgrespro.ru
    https://postgr.es/m/4ab6e2db-bcee-f4cf-0916-3a06e6ccbb55@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-26 13:05:30 -08:00
Peter Geoghegan 612a1ab767 Add equalimage B-Tree support functions.
Invent the concept of a B-Tree equalimage ("equality implies image
equality") support function, registered as support function 4.  This
indicates whether it is safe (or not safe) to apply optimizations that
assume that any two datums considered equal by an operator class's order
method must be interchangeable without any loss of semantic information.
This is static information about an operator class and a collation.

Register an equalimage routine for almost all of the existing B-Tree
opclasses.  We only need two trivial routines for all of the opclasses
that are included with the core distribution.  There is one routine for
opclasses that index non-collatable types (which returns 'true'
unconditionally), plus another routine for collatable types (which
returns 'true' when the collation is a deterministic collation).

This patch is infrastructure for an upcoming patch that adds B-Tree
deduplication.

Author: Peter Geoghegan, Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn3Ee49Gmxb7V1VJ3-AC8fWn-Fr8pfWQebHe8rYRxt5OQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-26 11:28:25 -08:00
Andres Freund 2742c45080 expression eval: Reduce number of steps for agg transition invocations.
Do so by combining the various steps that are part of aggregate
transition function invocation into one larger step. As some of the
current steps are only necessary for some aggregates, have one variant
of the aggregate transition step for each possible combination.

To avoid further manual copies of code in the different transition
step implementations, move most of the code into helper functions
marked as "always inline".

The benefit of this change is an increase in performance when
aggregating lots of rows. This comes in part due to the reduced number
of indirect jumps due to the reduced number of steps, and in part by
reducing redundant setup code across steps. This mainly benefits
interpreted execution, but the code generated by JIT is also improved
a bit.

As a nice side-effect it also ends up making the code a bit simpler.

A small additional optimization is removing the need to set
aggstate->curaggcontext before calling ExecAggInitGroup, choosing to
instead passign curaggcontext as an argument. It was, in contrast to
other aggregate related functions, only needed to fetch a memory
context to copy the transition value into.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
   https://postgr.es/m/20191023163849.sosqbfs5yenocez3@alap3.anarazel.de
   https://postgr.es/m/5c371df7cee903e8cd4c685f90c6c72086d3a2dc.camel@j-davis.com
2020-02-24 15:09:09 -08:00
Michael Paquier 7d672b76bf Issue properly WAL record for CID of first catalog tuple in multi-insert
Multi-insert for heap is not yet used actively for catalogs, but the
code to support this case is in place for logical decoding.  The
existing code forgot to issue a XLOG_HEAP2_NEW_CID record for the first
tuple inserted, leading to failures when attempting to use multiple
inserts for catalogs at decoding time.  This commit fixes the problem by
WAL-logging the needed CID.

This is not an active bug, so no back-patch is done.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E0D4CC67-A1CF-4DF4-991D-B3AC2EB5FAE9@yesql.se
2020-02-25 07:55:22 +09:00
Tom Lane 3d475515a1 Account explicitly for long-lived FDs that are allocated outside fd.c.
The comments in fd.c have long claimed that all file allocations should
go through that module, but in reality that's not always practical.
fd.c doesn't supply APIs for invoking some FD-producing syscalls like
pipe() or epoll_create(); and the APIs it does supply for non-virtual
FDs are mostly insistent on releasing those FDs at transaction end;
and in some cases the actual open() call is in code that can't be made
to use fd.c, such as libpq.

This has led to a situation where, in a modern server, there are likely
to be seven or so long-lived FDs per backend process that are not known
to fd.c.  Since NUM_RESERVED_FDS is only 10, that meant we had *very*
few spare FDs if max_files_per_process is >= the system ulimit and
fd.c had opened all the files it thought it safely could.  The
contrib/postgres_fdw regression test, in particular, could easily be
made to fall over by running it under a restrictive ulimit.

To improve matters, invent functions Acquire/Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD
that allow outside callers to tell fd.c that they have or want to allocate
a FD that's not directly managed by fd.c.  Add calls to track all the
fixed FDs in a standard backend session, so that we are honestly
guaranteeing that NUM_RESERVED_FDS FDs remain unused below the EMFILE
limit in a backend's idle state.  The coding rules for these functions say
that there's no need to call them in code that just allocates one FD over
a fairly short interval; we can dip into NUM_RESERVED_FDS for such cases.
That means that there aren't all that many places where we need to worry.
But postgres_fdw and dblink must use this facility to account for
long-lived FDs consumed by libpq connections.  There may be other places
where it's worth doing such accounting, too, but this seems like enough
to solve the immediate problem.

Internally to fd.c, "external" FDs are limited to max_safe_fds/3 FDs.
(Callers can choose to ignore this limit, but of course it's unwise
to do so except for fixed file allocations.)  I also reduced the limit
on "allocated" files to max_safe_fds/3 FDs (it had been max_safe_fds/2).
Conceivably a smarter rule could be used here --- but in practice,
on reasonable systems, max_safe_fds should be large enough that this
isn't much of an issue, so KISS for now.  To avoid possible regression
in the number of external or allocated files that can be opened,
increase FD_MINFREE and the lower limit on max_files_per_process a
little bit; we now insist that the effective "ulimit -n" be at least 64.

This seems like pretty clearly a bug fix, but in view of the lack of
field complaints, I'll refrain from risking a back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1izCmM-0005pV-Co@gemulon.postgresql.org
2020-02-24 17:28:33 -05:00
Robert Haas a91e2fa941 Adapt hashfn.c and hashutils.h for frontend use.
hash_any() and its various variants are defined to return Datum,
which is a backend-only concept, but the underlying functions
actually want to return uint32 and uint64, and only return Datum
because it's convenient for callers who are using them to
implement a hash function for some SQL datatype.

However, changing these functions to return uint32 and uint64
seems like it might lead to programming errors or back-patching
difficulties, both because they are widely used and because
failure to use UInt{32,64}GetDatum() might not provoke a
compilation error. Instead, rename the existing functions as
well as changing the return type, and add static inline wrappers
for those callers that need the previous behavior.

Although this commit adapts hashutils.h and hashfn.c so that they
can be compiled as frontend code, it does not actually do
anything that would cause them to be so compiled. That is left
for another commit.

Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-24 17:27:15 +05:30
Robert Haas 9341c783cc Put all the prototypes for hashfn.c into the same header file.
Previously, some of the prototypes for functions in hashfn.c were
in utils/hashutils.h and others were in utils/hsearch.h, but that
is confusing and has no particular benefit.

Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-24 17:22:45 +05:30
Robert Haas 07b95c3d83 Move bitmap_hash and bitmap_match to bitmapset.c.
The closely-related function bms_hash_value is already defined in that
file, and this change means that hashfn.c no longer needs to depend on
nodes/bitmapset.h. That gets us closer to allowing use of the hash
functions in hashfn.c in frontend code.

Patch by me, reviewed by Suraj Kharage and Mark Dilger.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaRiG4TXND8QuM6JXFRkM_1wL2ZNhzaUKsuec9-4yrkgw@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-24 17:17:43 +05:30
Michael Paquier bf883b211e Add prefix checks in exclude lists for pg_rewind, pg_checksums and base backups
An instance of PostgreSQL crashing with a bad timing could leave behind
temporary pg_internal.init files, potentially causing failures when
verifying checksums.  As the same exclusion lists are used between
pg_rewind, pg_checksums and basebackup.c, all those tools are extended
with prefix checks to keep everything in sync, with dedicated checks
added for pg_internal.init.

Backpatch down to 11, where pg_checksums (pg_verify_checksums in 11) and
checksum verification for base backups have been introduced.

Reported-by: Michael Banck
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/62031974fd8e941dd8351fbc8c7eff60d59c5338.camel@credativ.de
Backpatch-through: 11
2020-02-24 18:13:25 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 79c2385915 Factor out InitControlFile() from BootStrapXLOG()
Right now this only makes BootStrapXLOG() a bit more manageable, but
in the future there may be external callers.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/e8f86ba5-48f1-a80a-7f1d-b76bcb9c5c47@2ndquadrant.com
2020-02-22 12:09:27 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 9745f93afc Reformat code comment
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/e8f86ba5-48f1-a80a-7f1d-b76bcb9c5c47@2ndquadrant.com
2020-02-22 12:09:27 +01:00
Tom Lane 97cf1fa4ed Assume that we have <wchar.h>.
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm; it's been required by POSIX since SUSv2.  So remove the
configure probe and tests of HAVE_WCHAR_H.

This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code.  I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-02-21 14:30:47 -05:00
Tom Lane 481c8e9232 Assume that we have utime() and <utime.h>.
These are required by POSIX since SUSv2, and no live platforms fail
to provide them.  On Windows, utime() exists and we bring our own
<utime.h>, so we're good there too.  So remove the configure probes
and ad-hoc substitute code.  We don't need to check for utimes()
anymore either, since that was only used as a substitute.

In passing, make the Windows build include <sys/utime.h> only where
we need it, not everywhere.

This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code.  I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-02-21 14:30:47 -05:00
Tom Lane abe41f453a Assume that we have cbrt().
Windows has this, and so do all other live platforms according to the
buildfarm, so remove the configure probe and float.c's substitute code.

This is part of a series of commits to get rid of no-longer-relevant
configure checks and dead src/port/ code.  I'm committing them separately
to make it easier to back out individual changes if they prove less
portable than I expect.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15379.1582221614@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-02-21 14:30:47 -05:00
Jeff Davis b7fabe80df Fixup for nodeAgg.c refactor.
Commit 5b618e1f made an unintended behavior change.
2020-02-21 09:34:20 -08:00
Etsuro Fujita 032f9ae012 Avoid redundant checks in partition_bounds_copy().
Previously, partition_bounds_copy() checked whether the strategy for the
given partition bounds was hash or not, and then determined the number of
elements in the datums in the datums array for the partition bounds, on
each iteration of the loop for copying the datums array, but there is no
need to do that.  Perform the checks only once before the loop iteration.

Author: Etsuro Fujita
Reported-by: Amit Langote and Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPmGK14Rvxrm8DHWvCjdoks6nwZuHBPvMnWZ6rkEx2KhFeEoPQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-21 20:00:45 +09:00
Etsuro Fujita 53b01acd46 Remove extra word from comment. 2020-02-20 19:15:00 +09:00
Tom Lane 70a7732007 Remove support for upgrading extensions from "unpackaged" state.
Andres Freund pointed out that allowing non-superusers to run
"CREATE EXTENSION ... FROM unpackaged" has security risks, since
the unpackaged-to-1.0 scripts don't try to verify that the existing
objects they're modifying are what they expect.  Just attaching such
objects to an extension doesn't seem too dangerous, but some of them
do more than that.

We could have resolved this, perhaps, by still requiring superuser
privilege to use the FROM option.  However, it's fair to ask just what
we're accomplishing by continuing to lug the unpackaged-to-1.0 scripts
forward.  None of them have received any real testing since 9.1 days,
so they may not even work anymore (even assuming that one could still
load the previous "loose" object definitions into a v13 database).
And an installation that's trying to go from pre-9.1 to v13 or later
in one jump is going to have worse compatibility problems than whether
there's a trivial way to convert their contrib modules into extension
style.

Hence, let's just drop both those scripts and the core-code support
for "CREATE EXTENSION ... FROM".

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200213233015.r6rnubcvl4egdh5r@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-02-19 16:59:14 -05:00
Jeff Davis 5b618e1f48 Minor refactor of nodeAgg.c.
* Separate calculation of hash value from the lookup.
  * Split build_hash_table() into two functions.
  * Change lookup_hash_entry() to return AggStatePerGroup. That's all
    the caller needed, anyway.

These changes are to support the upcoming Disk-based Hash Aggregation
work.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31f5ab871a3ad5a1a91a7a797651f20e77ac7ce3.camel%40j-davis.com
2020-02-19 10:39:11 -08:00
Jeff Davis 8021985d79 logtape.c: allocate read buffer even for an empty tape.
Prior to this commit, the read buffer was allocated at the time the tape
was rewound; but as an optimization, would not be allocated at all if
the tape was empty.

That optimization meant that it was valid to have a rewound tape with
the buffer set to NULL, but only if a number of conditions were met
and only if the API was used properly. After 7fdd919a refactored the
code to support lazily-allocating the buffer, Coverity started
complaining.

The optimization for empty tapes doesn't seem important, so just
allocate the buffer whether the tape has any data or not.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20351.1581868306%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-02-19 10:04:17 -08:00
Fujii Masao 0074919794 Fix mesurement of elapsed time during truncating heap in VACUUM.
VACUUM may truncate heap in several batches. The activity report
is logged for each batch, and contains the number of pages in the table
before and after the truncation, and also the elapsed time during
the truncation. Previously the elapsed time reported in each batch was
the total elapsed time since starting the truncation until finishing
each batch. For example, if the truncation was processed dividing into
three batches, the second batch reported the accumulated time elapsed
during both first and second batches. This is strange and confusing
because the number of pages in the table reported together is not
total. Instead, each batch should report the time elapsed during
only that batch.

The cause of this issue was that the resource usage snapshot was
initialized only at the beginning of the truncation and was never
reset later. This commit fixes the issue by changing VACUUM so that
the resource usage snapshot is reset at each batch.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Reported-by: Tatsuhito Kasahara
Author: Tatsuhito Kasahara
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP0=ZVJsf=NvQuy+QXQZ7B=ZVLoDV_JzsVC1FRsF1G18i3zMGg@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-19 20:37:26 +09:00
Michael Paquier e2e02191e2 Clean up some code, comments and docs referring to Windows 2000 and older
This fixes and updates a couple of comments related to outdated Windows
versions.  Particularly, src/common/exec.c had a fallback implementation
to read a file's line from a pipe because stdin/stdout/stderr does not
exist in Windows 2000 that is removed to simplify src/common/ as there
are unlikely versions of Postgres running on such platforms.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Juan José Santamaría Flecha
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191219021526.GC4202@paquier.xyz
2020-02-19 13:20:33 +09:00
Amit Kapila e3ff789acf Stop demanding that top xact must be seen before subxact in decoding.
Manifested as

ERROR:  subtransaction logged without previous top-level txn record

this check forbids legit behaviours like
 - First xl_xact_assignment record is beyond reading, i.e. earlier
   restart_lsn.
 - After restart_lsn there is some change of a subxact.
 - After that, there is second xl_xact_assignment (for another subxact)
   revealing the relationship between top and first subxact.

Such a transaction won't be streamed anyway because we hadn't seen it in
full.  Saying for sure whether xact of some record encountered after
the snapshot was deserialized can be streamed or not requires to know
whether it wrote something before deserialization point --if yes, it
hasn't been seen in full and can't be decoded. Snapshot doesn't have such
info, so there is no easy way to relax the check.

Reported-by: Hsu, John
Diagnosed-by: Arseny Sher
Author: Arseny Sher, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Dilip Kumar
Backpatch-through: 9.5
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AB5978B2-1772-4FEE-A245-74C91704ECB0@amazon.com
2020-02-19 08:15:49 +05:30
Peter Geoghegan fe9b92854e Remove obsolete _bt_compare() comment.
btbuild() has nothing to say about how NULL values compare in nbtree.
Besides, there are _bt_compare() header comments that describe how NULL
values are handled.
2020-02-18 16:07:16 -08:00
Fujii Masao b7e51b350c Make inherited LOCK TABLE perform access permission checks on parent table only.
Previously, LOCK TABLE command through a parent table checked
the permissions on not only the parent table but also the children
tables inherited from it. This was a bug and inherited queries should
perform access permission checks on the parent table only. This
commit fixes LOCK TABLE so that it does not check the permission
on children tables.

This patch is applied only in the master branch. We decided not to
back-patch because it's not hard to imagine that there are some
applications expecting the old behavior and the change breaks their
security.

Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwE+GauyG7POtRfRwwthAGwTjPQYdFHR97+LzA4RHGnJxA@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-18 13:13:15 +09:00
Michael Paquier 958f9fb98d Remove duplicated words in comments
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/EBC3BFEB-664C-4063-81ED-29F1227DB012@yesql.se
2020-02-18 12:20:55 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut c6679e4fca Optimize update of tables with generated columns
When updating a table row with generated columns, only recompute those
generated columns whose base columns have changed in this update and
keep the rest unchanged.  This can result in a significant performance
benefit.  The required information was already kept in
RangeTblEntry.extraUpdatedCols; we just have to make use of it.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b05e781a-fa16-6b52-6738-761181204567@2ndquadrant.com
2020-02-17 15:20:58 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut ad3ae64770 Fill in extraUpdatedCols in logical replication
The extraUpdatedCols field of the target RTE records which generated
columns are affected by an update.  This is used in a variety of
places, including per-column triggers and foreign data wrappers.  When
an update was initiated by a logical replication subscription, this
field was not filled in, so such an update would not affect generated
columns in a way that is consistent with normal updates.  To fix,
factor out some code from analyze.c to fill in extraUpdatedCols in the
logical replication worker as well.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b05e781a-fa16-6b52-6738-761181204567@2ndquadrant.com
2020-02-17 15:20:57 +01:00
Fujii Masao f4ae722141 Add description about GSSOpenServer wait event into document.
This commit also updates wait event enum into alphabetical order.
Previously the enum entry for GSSOpenServer was added out-of-order.

Back-patch to v12 where commit b0b39f72b9 introduced
GSSOpenServer wait event. In v12, the commit doesn't include
the update of wait event enum, not to break ABI.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/949931aa-4ed4-d867-a7b5-de9c02b2292b@oss.nttdata.com
2020-02-17 16:16:08 +09:00
Tom Lane faade5d4c6 Update obsolete comment.
Noted by Justin Pryzby, though I chose to just rip out the stale text,
as it's in no way relevant to this particular function.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200212182337.GZ1412@telsasoft.com
2020-02-15 15:22:40 -05:00
Tom Lane 9d1ec5a8e1 Clarify coding in Catalog::AddDefaultValues.
Make it a bit shorter and better-commented; no functional change.

Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200212182337.GZ1412@telsasoft.com
2020-02-15 15:13:44 -05:00
Tom Lane 86ff085e83 Don't require pg_class.dat to contain correct relnatts values.
Practically everybody who's ever added a column to one of the bootstrap
catalogs has been burnt by the need to update the relnatts field in the
initial pg_class data to match.  Now that we use Perl scripts to
generate postgres.bki, we can have the machines take care of that,
by filling the field during genbki.pl.

While at it, use the BKI_DEFAULTS mechanism to eliminate repetitive
specifications of other column values in pg_class.dat, too.  They
weren't particularly a maintenance problem, but this way is prettier
(certainly the spotty previous usage of BKI_DEFAULTS wasn't pretty).

No catversion bump needed, since this doesn't actually change the
contents of postgres.bki.

Per gripe from Justin Pryzby, though this is quite different from
his originally proposed solution.

Amit Langote, John Naylor, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200212182337.GZ1412@telsasoft.com
2020-02-15 14:57:27 -05:00
Jeff Davis 7fdd919ae7 Logical Tape Set: lazily allocate read buffer.
The write buffer was already lazily-allocated, so this is more
symmetric. It also means that a freshly-rewound tape (whether for
reading or writing) is not consuming memory for the buffer.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/97c46a59c27f3c38e486ca170fcbc618d97ab049.camel%40j-davis.com
2020-02-13 10:44:25 -08:00
Tom Lane 607f8ce74d Avoid a performance regression in float overflow/underflow detection.
Commit 6bf0bc842 replaced float.c's CHECKFLOATVAL() macro with static
inline subroutines, but that wasn't too well thought out.  In the original
coding, the unlikely condition (isinf(result) or result == 0) was checked
first, and the inf_is_valid or zero_is_valid condition only afterwards.
The inline-subroutine coding caused that to be swapped around, which is
pretty horrid for performance because (a) in common cases the is_valid
condition is twice as expensive to evaluate (e.g., requiring two isinf()
calls not one) and (b) in common cases the is_valid condition is false,
requiring us to perform the unlikely-condition check anyway.  Net result
is that one isinf() call becomes two or three, resulting in visible
performance loss as reported by Keisuke Kuroda.

The original fix proposal was to revert the replacement of the macro,
but on second thought, that macro was just a bad idea from the beginning:
if anything it's a net negative for readability of the code.  So instead,
let's just open-code all the overflow/underflow tests, being careful to
test the unlikely condition first (and mark it unlikely() to help the
compiler get the point).

Also, rather than having N copies of the actual ereport() calls, collapse
those into out-of-line error subroutines to save some code space.  This
does mean that the error file/line numbers won't be very helpful for
figuring out where the issue really is --- but we'd already burned that
bridge by putting the ereports into static inlines.

In HEAD, check_float[48]_val() are gone altogether.  In v12, leave them
present in float.h but unused in the core code, just in case some
extension is depending on them.

Emre Hasegeli, with some kibitzing from me and Andres Freund

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANDwggLe1Gc1OrRqvPfGE=kM9K0FSfia0hbeFCEmwabhLz95AA@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-13 13:37:43 -05:00
Tom Lane 0973f5602c Remove long-dead comments.
These should've been dropped by a8bb8eb58, but evidently were
missed.  Not important enough to back-patch.
2020-02-12 14:33:49 -05:00
Thomas Munro 701a51fd4e Use pg_pwrite() in more places.
This removes some lseek() system calls.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ%2BoHhnvqjn3%3DHro7xu-YDR8FPr0FL6LF35kHRX%3D_bUzg%40mail.gmail.com
2020-02-11 17:50:22 +13:00
Jeff Davis 11de6c903d Change signature of TupleHashTableHash().
Commit 4eaea3db introduced TupleHashTableHash(), but the signature
didn't match the other exposed functions. Separate it into internal
and external versions. The external version hides the details behind
an API more consistent with the other external functions, and the
internal version is still suitable for simplehash.
2020-02-10 10:20:10 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera b048f558dd Fix priv checks for ALTER <object> DEPENDS ON EXTENSION
Marking an object as dependant on an extension did not have any
privilege check whatsoever; this allowed any user to mark objects as
droppable by anyone able to DROP EXTENSION, which could be used to cause
system-wide havoc.  Disallow by checking that the calling user owns the
mentioned object.

(No constraints are placed on the extension.)

Security: CVE-2020-1720
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: 31605.1566429043@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-02-10 11:47:09 -03:00
Amit Kapila 3dfba9fdf5 Fix typos.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200206021432.GA24549@telsasoft.com
2020-02-10 09:31:18 +05:30
Tom Lane 4093ff5737 Store the deletion horizon XID for a deleted GIN page on the right page.
Commit b10714080 moved the GinPageSetDeleteXid() call to a spot where
the "page" variable was pointing to the wrong page, causing the XID
to be inserted on a page that's not being deleted, thus allowing later
GinPageIsRecyclable tests to recycle the deleted page too soon.

It might be a good idea to stop using the single "page" variable for
multiple purposes in this function.  But for the moment I just moved
the GinPageSetDeleteXid() call down beside the GinPageSetDeleted()
call, which seems like a more logical place for it anyway.

Back-patch to v11, as the faulty patch was.  (Fortunately, the bug
hasn't made it into any release yet.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21620.1581098806@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-02-09 12:02:57 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 55173d2e66 Fix failure to create FKs correctly in partitions
On a multi-level partioned table, when adding a partition not directly
connected to the root table, foreign key constraints referencing the
root were not cloned to the new partition, leading to the FK being
possibly inadvertently violated later on.

This was caused by fuzzy thinking in CloneFkReferenced (commit
f56f8f8da6): it was skipping constraints marked as having parents on
the theory that cloning those would create duplicates; but that's only
correct for the top level of the partitioning hierarchy.  For levels
below that one, such constraints must still be considered and only
skipped if later on we see that we'd create duplicates.  Apparently, I
(Álvaro) wrote the comments right but the code implemented something
slightly different.

Author: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200206004948.238352db@firost
2020-02-07 18:27:18 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 9710d3d4a8 Fix TRUNCATE .. CASCADE on partitions
When running TRUNCATE CASCADE on a child of a partitioned table
referenced by another partitioned table, the truncate was not applied to
partitions of the referencing table; this could leave rows violating the
constraint in the referencing partitioned table.  Repair by walking the
pg_constraint chain all the way up to the topmost referencing table.

Note: any partitioned tables containing FKs that reference other
partitioned tables should be checked for possible violating rows, if
TRUNCATE has occurred in partitions of the referenced table.

Reported-by: Christophe Courtois
Author: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200204183906.115f693e@firost
2020-02-07 17:09:36 -03:00
Fujii Masao cb5b28613d Fix bug in Tid scan.
Commit 147e3722f7 changed Tid scan so that it calls table_beginscan()
and uses the scan option for seq scan. This change caused two issues.

(1) The change caused Tid scan to take a predicate lock on the entire
       relation in serializable transaction even when relation-level
       lock is not necessary. This could lead to an unexpected
       serialization error.

(2) The change caused Tid scan to increment the number of seq_scan
       in pg_stat_*_tables views even though it's not seq scan. This
       could confuse the users.

This commit adds the scan option for Tid scan and makes Tid scan
use it, to avoid those issues.

Back-patch to v12, where the bug was introduced.

Author: Tatsuhito Kasahara
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP0=ZVKy+gTbFmB6X_UW0pP3WaeJ-fkUWHoD-pExS=at3CY76g@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-07 22:06:31 +09:00
Andres Freund b059d2f456 jit: Reference expression step functions via llvmjit_types.
The main benefit of doing so is that this allows llvm to ensure that
types match - previously that'd only be detected by a crash within the
called function. There were a number of cases where we passed a
superfluous parameter...

To avoid needing to add all the functions to llvmjit.{c,h}, instead
get them from the llvm module for llvmjit_types.c. Also use that for
the functions from llvmjit_types already in llvmjit.h.

Author: Soumyadeep Chakraborty and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADwEdooww3wZv-sXSfatzFRwMuwa186LyTwkBfwEW6NjtooBPA@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-06 22:29:14 -08:00
Jeff Davis 4eaea3db15 Introduce TupleHashTableHash() and LookupTupleHashEntryHash().
Expose two new entry points: one for only calculating the hash value
of a tuple, and another for looking up a hash entry when the hash
value is already known. This will be useful for disk-based Hash
Aggregation to avoid recomputing the hash value for the same tuple
after saving and restoring it from disk.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/37091115219dd522fd9ed67333ee8ed1b7e09443.camel%40j-davis.com
2020-02-06 20:34:01 -08:00
Andres Freund e6f86f8dd9 jit: Remove redundancies in expression evaluation code generation.
This merges the code emission for a number of opcodes by handling the
behavioural difference more locally. This reduces code, and also
improves the generated code a bit in some cases, by removing redundant
constants.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191023163849.sosqbfs5yenocez3@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-02-06 20:01:23 -08:00
Andres Freund 8c2769405f jit: Reference functions by name in IOCOERCE steps.
Previously we used constant function pointer addresses, which prevents
inlining and other related optimizations.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191023163849.sosqbfs5yenocez3@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-02-06 19:54:43 -08:00
Andres Freund 1fdb7f9789 expression eval: Don't redundantly keep track of AggState.
It's already tracked via ExprState->parent, so we don't need to also
include it in ExprEvalStep. When that code originally was written
ExprState->parent didn't exist, but it since has been introduced in
6719b238e8.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191023163849.sosqbfs5yenocez3@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-02-06 19:54:43 -08:00
Andres Freund 1ec7679f1b expression eval, jit: Minor code cleanups.
This mostly consists of using C99 style for loops, moving variables
into narrower scopes, and a smattering of other minor improvements.
Done separately to make it easier to review patches with actual
functional changes.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191023163849.sosqbfs5yenocez3@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-02-06 19:54:15 -08:00
Michael Paquier 5ac4e9a12c Fix typo in proc.c
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200206082333.GA95343@nol
2020-02-07 12:41:10 +09:00
Michael Paquier 414c2fd1e1 Revert "Add GUC checks for ssl_min_protocol_version and ssl_max_protocol_version"
This reverts commit 41aadee, as the GUC checks could run on older values
with the new values used, and result in incorrect errors if both
parameters are changed at the same time.

Per complaint from Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27574.1581015893@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch-through: 12
2020-02-07 08:10:40 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut fc7a5e9eaa Ensure relcache consistency around generated columns
In certain transient states, it's possible that a table has attributes
with attgenerated set but no default expressions in pg_attrdef yet.
In that case, the old code path would not set
relation->rd_att->constr->has_generated_stored, unless
relation->rd_att->constr was also populated for some other reason.
There was probably no practical impact, but it's better to keep this
consistent.

Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200115181105.ad6ab6dlgyww3lb6%40alap3.anarazel.de
2020-02-06 21:25:01 +01:00
Jeff Davis 7d4395d0a1 Refactor hash_agg_entry_size().
Consolidate the calculations for hash table size estimation. This will
help with upcoming Hash Aggregation work that will add additional call
sites.
2020-02-06 11:49:56 -08:00
Jeff Davis c02fdc9223 Logical Tape Set: use min heap for freelist.
Previously, the freelist of blocks was tracked as an
occasionally-sorted array. A min heap is more resilient to larger
freelists or more frequent changes between reading and writing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/97c46a59c27f3c38e486ca170fcbc618d97ab049.camel%40j-davis.com
2020-02-06 10:09:45 -08:00
Amit Kapila cac8ce4a73 Fix typo.
Reported-by: Amit Langote
Author: Amit Langote
Backpatch-through: 9.6, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFNADeukaaGRmTqANbed9Fd81gLi08AWe_F86_942Gspw@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-06 15:57:02 +05:30
Fujii Masao 3ccc66dac6 Fix bug in LWLock statistics mechanism.
Previously PostgreSQL built with -DLWLOCK_STATS could report
more than one LWLock statistics entries for the same backend
process and the same LWLock. This is strange and only one
statistics should be output in that case, instead.

The cause of this issue is that the key variable used for
LWLock stats hash table was not fully initialized. The key
consists of two fields and they were initialized. But
the following 4 bytes allocated in the key variable for
the alignment was not initialized. So even if the same key
was specified, hash_search(HASH_ENTER) could not find
the existing entry for that key and created new one.

This commit fixes this issue by initializing the key
variable with zero. As the side effect of this commit,
the volume of LWLock statistics output would be reduced
very much.

Back-patch to v10, where commit 3761fe3c20 introduced the issue.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26359edb-798a-568f-d93a-6aafac49752d@oss.nttdata.com
2020-02-06 14:43:21 +09:00
Michael Paquier b025f32e0b Add leader_pid to pg_stat_activity
This new field tracks the PID of the group leader used with parallel
query.  For parallel workers and the leader, the value is set to the
PID of the group leader.  So, for the group leader, the value is the
same as its own PID.  Note that this reflects what PGPROC stores in
shared memory, so as leader_pid is NULL if a backend has never been
involved in parallel query.  If the backend is using parallel query or
has used it at least once, the value is set until the backend exits.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov, Guillaume Lelarge, Michael Paquier, Tomas
Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_Yy5bt0vTPZ2_LUM6cUcGeqmYNoJ8-Rgto+c2+w3defYA@mail.gmail.com
2020-02-06 09:18:06 +09:00
Andrew Gierth bf6cc19e34 Force tuple conversion when the source has missing attributes.
Tuple conversion incorrectly concluded that no conversion was needed
as long as all the attributes lined up. But if the source tuple has a
missing attribute (from addition of a column with default), then the
destination tupdesc might not reflect the same default. The typical
symptom was that the affected columns would be unexpectedly NULL.

Repair by always forcing conversion if the source has missing
attributes, which will be filled in by the deform operation. (In
theory we could optimize for when the destination has the same
default, but that seemed overkill.)

Backpatch to 11 where missing attributes were added.

Per bug #16242.

Vik Fearing (discovery, code, testing) and me (analysis, testcase).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16242-d1c9fca28445966b@postgresql.org
2020-02-05 20:21:20 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera 15d13e8291 Make vacuum buffer counters 64 bits wide
Using 32 bit counters means they can now realistically wrap around when
vacuuming extremely large tables.  Because they're signed integers,
stats printed by vacuum look very odd when they do.

We'd love to backpatch this, but refrain because the variables are
exported and could cause third-party code to break.

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200131205926.GA16367@alvherre.pgsql
2020-02-05 16:59:29 -03:00
Thomas Munro 815c2f0972 Add kqueue(2) support to the WaitEventSet API.
Use kevent(2) to wait for events on the BSD family of operating
systems and macOS.  This is similar to the epoll(2) support added
for Linux by commit 98a64d0bd.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Marko Tiikkaja, Tom Lane
Tested-by: Mateusz Guzik, Matteo Beccati, Keith Fiske, Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier, Peter Eisentraut, Rui DeSousa, Tom Lane, Mark Wong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D37oF84-iXDTQ9MrGjENwVGds%2B5zTr38ca73kWR7ez_tA%40mail.gmail.com
2020-02-05 17:35:57 +13:00
Thomas Munro d9fe702a2c Handle lack of DSM slots in parallel btree build, take 2.
Commit 74618e77 added a new check intended to fix a bug, but put
it in the wrong place so that parallel btree build was always
disabled.  Do the check after we've actually tried to create
a DSM segment.  Back-patch to 11, like the earlier commit.

Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmDABkJzrNnvf%2BOULK-_A_j9gkYg_Dz-H62jzNv4eKQTw%40mail.gmail.com
2020-02-05 12:27:00 +13:00
Tom Lane 7d91b604d9 Fix handling of "Subplans Removed" field in EXPLAIN output.
Commit 499be013d added this field in a rather poorly-thought-through
manner, with the result being that rather than being a field of the
Append or MergeAppend plan node as intended (and as it seems to be,
in text format), it was actually an element of the "Plans" subgroup.
At least in JSON format, that's flat out invalid syntax, because
"Plans" is an array not an object.

While it's not hard to move the generation of the field so that it
appears where it's supposed to, this does result in a visible change
in field order in text format, in cases where a Append or MergeAppend
plan node has any InitPlans attached.  That's slightly annoying to
do in stable branches; but the alternative of continuing to emit
broken non-text formats seems worse.

Also, since the set of fields emitted is not supposed to be
data-dependent in non-text formats, make sure that "Subplans Removed"
appears in Append and MergeAppend nodes even when it's zero, in those
formats.  (The previous coding made it look like it could appear in
some other node types such as BitmapAnd, but we don't actually support
runtime pruning there, so don't emit it in those cases.)

Per bug #16171 from Mahadevan Ramachandran.  Fix by Daniel Gustafsson
and Tom Lane, reviewed by Hamid Akhtar.  Back-patch to v11 where this
code came in.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16171-b72259ab75505fa2@postgresql.org
2020-02-04 13:07:13 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 1c7a0b387d Add missing break out seqscan loop in logical replication
When replica identity is FULL (an admittedly unusual case), the loop
that searches for tuples in execReplication.c didn't stop scanning the
table when once a matching tuple was found.  Add the missing 'break'.

Note slight behavior change: we now return the first matching tuple
rather than the last one.  They are supposed to be indistinguishable
anyway, so this shouldn't matter.

Author: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/379743f6-ae91-b866-f7a2-5624e6d2b0a4@postgrespro.ru
2020-02-03 18:59:12 -03:00
Michael Paquier f1f10a1ba9 Add declaration-level assertions for compile-time checks
Those new assertions can be used at file scope, outside of any function
for compilation checks.  This commit provides implementations for C and
C++, and fallback implementations.

Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker,
Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201DD0641B056142AC8C6645EC1B5F62014B8E8030@SYD1217
2020-02-03 14:48:42 +09:00
Andrew Gierth 1fd687a035 Optimizations for integer to decimal output.
Using a lookup table of digit pairs reduces the number of divisions
needed, and calculating the length upfront saves some work; these
ideas are taken from the code previously committed for floats.

David Fetter, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tels, and me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190924052620.GP31596%40fetter.org
2020-02-01 21:57:14 +00:00
Thomas Munro 93745f1e01 Fix memory leak on DSM slot exhaustion.
If we attempt to create a DSM segment when no slots are available,
we should return the memory to the operating system.  Previously
we did that if the DSM_CREATE_NULL_IF_MAXSEGMENTS flag was
passed in, but we didn't do it if an error was raised.  Repair.

Back-patch to 9.4, where DSM segments arrived.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Reported-by: Julian Backes
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKAAoEw-R4om0d2YM4eqT1eGEi6%3DQot-3ceDR-SLiWVDw%40mail.gmail.com
2020-02-01 14:29:13 +13:00
Tom Lane 870ad6a59b Fix not-quite-right string comparison in parse_jsonb_index_flags().
This code would accept "strinX", where X is any 1-byte character,
as meaning "string".  Clearly it wasn't meant to do that.

No back-patch, since this doesn't affect correct queries and
there's some tiny chance we'd break somebody's incorrect query
in a minor release.

Report and patch by Dominik Czarnota.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABEVAa1dU0mDCAfaT8WF2adVXTDsLVJy_izotg6ze_hh-cn8qQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-31 17:26:40 -05:00
Tom Lane 74b35eb468 Fix CheckAttributeType's handling of collations for ranges.
Commit fc7695891 changed CheckAttributeType to recurse into ranges,
but made it pass down the wrong collation (always InvalidOid, since
ranges as such have no collation).  This would result in guaranteed
failure when considering a range type whose subtype is collatable.

Embarrassingly, we lack any regression tests that would expose such
a problem (but fortunately, somebody noticed before we shipped this
bug in any release).

Fix it to pass down the range's subtype collation property instead,
and add some regression test cases to exercise collatable-subtype
ranges a bit more.  Back-patch to all supported branches, as the
previous patch was.

Report and patch by Julien Rouhaud, test cases tweaked by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_aBWqNweiGUFX0guzBKkcfJ8mnnyyGC_KBQmO12Mj5f_A@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-31 17:03:55 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 7c23bfd25c Sprinkle some const decorations
This might help clarify the API a bit.
2020-01-31 12:52:08 +01:00
Thomas Munro ef02fb15a3 Report time spent in posix_fallocate() as a wait event.
When allocating DSM segments with posix_fallocate() on Linux (see commit
899bd785), report this activity as a wait event exactly as we would if
we were using file-backed DSM rather than shm_open()-backed DSM.

Author: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKCSh4GARZrJrQZwqs5SYp0xDMRr9Bvb%2BHQzJKvRgL6ZA%40mail.gmail.com
2020-01-31 17:29:41 +13:00
Thomas Munro d061ea21fc Adjust DSM and DSA slot usage constants.
When running a lot of large parallel queries concurrently, or a plan with
a lot of separate Gather nodes, it is possible to run out of DSM slots.
There are better solutions to these problems requiring architectural
redesign work, but for now, let's adjust the constants so that it's more
difficult to hit the limit.

1.  Previously, a DSA area would create up to four segments at each size
before doubling the size.  After this commit, it will create only two at
each size, so it ramps up faster and therefore needs fewer slots.

2.  Previously, the total limit on DSM slots allowed for 2 per connection.
Switch to 5 per connection.

Also remove an obsolete nearby comment.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postre.es/m/CA%2BhUKGL6H2BpGbiF7Lj6QiTjTGyTLW_vLR%3DSn2tEBeTcYXiMKw%40mail.gmail.com
2020-01-31 17:29:38 +13:00
Thomas Munro 74618e77b4 Handle lack of DSM slots in parallel btree build.
If no DSM slots are available, a ParallelContext can still be
created, but its seg pointer is NULL.  Teach parallel btree build
to cope with that by falling back to a regular non-parallel build,
to avoid crashing with a segmentation fault.

Back-patch to 11, where parallel CREATE INDEX landed.

Reported-by: Nicola Contu
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJgJEBnkuODBVomyK3MWFvDBbMVj%3Dgdt6DnRPU-5sQ6UQ%40mail.gmail.com
2020-01-31 10:25:34 +13:00
Alvaro Herrera c9d2977519 Clean up newlines following left parentheses
We used to strategically place newlines after some function call left
parentheses to make pgindent move the argument list a few chars to the
left, so that the whole line would fit under 80 chars.  However,
pgindent no longer does that, so the newlines just made the code
vertically longer for no reason.  Remove those newlines, and reflow some
of those lines for some extra naturality.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200129200401.GA6303@alvherre.pgsql
2020-01-30 13:42:14 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 4e89c79a52 Remove excess parens in ereport() calls
Cosmetic cleanup, not worth backpatching.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200129200401.GA6303@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
2020-01-30 13:32:04 -03:00
Fujii Masao e6f1e560e4 Make inherited TRUNCATE perform access permission checks on parent table only.
Previously, TRUNCATE command through a parent table checked the
permissions on not only the parent table but also the children tables
inherited from it. This was a bug and inherited queries should perform
access permission checks on the parent table only. This commit fixes
that bug.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwFHdSvifhJE+-GSNqUHSfbiKxaeQQ7HGcYz6SC2n_oDcg@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-31 00:42:06 +09:00
Michael Paquier b0afdcad21 Fix slot data persistency when advancing physical replication slots
Advancing a physical replication slot with pg_replication_slot_advance()
did not mark the slot as dirty if any advancing was done, preventing the
follow-up checkpoint to flush the slot data to disk.  This caused the
advancing to be lost even on clean restarts.  This does not happen for
logical slots as any advancing marked the slot as dirty.  Per
discussion, the original feature has been implemented so as in the event
of a crash the slot may move backwards to a past LSN.  This property is
kept and more documentation is added about that.

This commit adds some new TAP tests to check the persistency of physical
and logical slots after advancing across clean restarts.

Author: Alexey Kondratov, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Craig Ringer
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/059cc53a-8b14-653a-a24d-5f867503b0ee@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 11
2020-01-30 11:14:02 +09:00
Tom Lane 50fc694e43 Invent "trusted" extensions, and remove the pg_pltemplate catalog.
This patch creates a new extension property, "trusted".  An extension
that's marked that way in its control file can be installed by a
non-superuser who has the CREATE privilege on the current database,
even if the extension contains objects that normally would have to be
created by a superuser.  The objects within the extension will (by
default) be owned by the bootstrap superuser, but the extension itself
will be owned by the calling user.  This allows replicating the old
behavior around trusted procedural languages, without all the
special-case logic in CREATE LANGUAGE.  We have, however, chosen to
loosen the rules slightly: formerly, only a database owner could take
advantage of the special case that allowed installation of a trusted
language, but now anyone who has CREATE privilege can do so.

Having done that, we can delete the pg_pltemplate catalog, moving the
knowledge it contained into the extension script files for the various
PLs.  This ends up being no change at all for the in-core PLs, but it is
a large step forward for external PLs: they can now have the same ease
of installation as core PLs do.  The old "trusted PL" behavior was only
available to PLs that had entries in pg_pltemplate, but now any
extension can be marked trusted if appropriate.

This also removes one of the stumbling blocks for our Python 2 -> 3
migration, since the association of "plpythonu" with Python 2 is no
longer hard-wired into pg_pltemplate's initial contents.  Exactly where
we go from here on that front remains to be settled, but one problem
is fixed.

Patch by me, reviewed by Peter Eisentraut, Stephen Frost, and others.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5889.1566415762@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-29 18:42:43 -05:00
Robert Haas beb4699091 Move jsonapi.c and jsonapi.h to src/common.
To make this work, (1) makeJsonLexContextCstringLen now takes the
encoding to be used as an argument; (2) check_stack_depth() is made to
do nothing in frontend code, and (3) elog(ERROR, ...) is changed to
pg_log_fatal + exit in frontend code.

Mark Dilger, reviewed and slightly revised by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-29 10:22:51 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut dc788668bb Fail if recovery target is not reached
Before, if a recovery target is configured, but the archive ended
before the target was reached, recovery would end and the server would
promote without further notice.  That was deemed to be pretty wrong.
With this change, if the recovery target is not reached, it is a fatal
error.

Based-on-patch-by: Leif Gunnar Erlandsen <leif@lako.no>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/993736dd3f1713ec1f63fc3b653839f5@lako.no
2020-01-29 15:58:14 +01:00
Tom Lane 01d9676a53 Fix dangling pointer in EvalPlanQual machinery.
EvalPlanQualStart() supposed that it could re-use the relsubs_rowmark
and relsubs_done arrays from a prior instantiation.  But since they are
allocated in the es_query_cxt of the recheckestate, that's just wrong;
EvalPlanQualEnd() will blow away that storage.  Therefore we were using
storage that could have been reallocated to something else, causing all
sorts of havoc.

I think this was modeled on the old code's handling of es_epqTupleSlot,
but since the code was anyway clearing the arrays at re-use, there's
clearly no expectation of importing any outside state.  So it's just
a dubious savings of a couple of pallocs, which is negligible compared
to setting up a new planstate tree.  Therefore, just allocate the
arrays always.  (I moved the allocations slightly for readability.)

In principle this bug could cause a problem whenever EPQ rechecks are
needed in more than one target table of a ModifyTable plan node.
In practice it seems not quite so easy to trigger as that; I couldn't
readily duplicate a crash with a partitioned target table, for instance.
That's probably down to incidental choices about when to free or
reallocate stuff.  The added isolation test case does seem to reliably
show an assertion failure, though.

Per report from Oleksii Kliukin.  Back-patch to v12 where the bug was
introduced (evidently by commit 3fb307bc4).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/EEF05F66-2871-4786-992B-5F45C92FEE2E@hintbits.com
2020-01-28 17:26:37 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas 30012a04a6 Fix randAccess setting in ReadRecord()
Commit 38a957316d got this backwards.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20200128.194408.2260703306774646445.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2020-01-28 12:55:30 +02:00
Thomas Munro 11da6bccd1 Fix compile error on HP C.
Per build farm animal anole, after commit 6f38d4dac3.
2020-01-28 20:30:40 +13:00
Thomas Munro 78aaa0e823 Don't reset latch in ConditionVariablePrepareToSleep().
It's not OK to do that without calling CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS().
Let the next wait loop deal with it, following the usual pattern.

One consequence of this bug was that a SIGTERM delivered in a very
narrow timing window could leave a parallel worker process waiting
forever for a condition variable that will never be signaled, after
an error was raised in other process.

The code is a bit different in the stable branches due to commit
1321509f, making problems less likely there.  No back-patch for now,
but we may finish up deciding to make a similar change after more
discussion.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Shawn Debnath
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJOm8zZHjVA8svoNT3tHY0XdqmaC_kHitmgXDQM49m1dA%40mail.gmail.com
2020-01-28 15:28:36 +13:00
Amit Kapila 05f18c6b6b Added relation name in error messages for constraint checks.
This gives more information to the user about the error and it makes such
messages consistent with the other similar messages in the code.

Reported-by: Simon Riggs
Author: Mahendra Singh and Simon Riggs
Reviewed-by: Beena Emerson and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+j+7YUvQvGxTrCiw77R23enMJ7DFmyA3buR+fa2pKs4XhA@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-28 07:48:10 +05:30
Michael Paquier ff8ca5fadd Add connection parameters to control SSL protocol min/max in libpq
These two new parameters, named sslminprotocolversion and
sslmaxprotocolversion, allow to respectively control the minimum and the
maximum version of the SSL protocol used for the SSL connection attempt.
The default setting is to allow any version for both the minimum and the
maximum bounds, causing libpq to rely on the bounds set by the backend
when negotiating the protocol to use for an SSL connection.  The bounds
are checked when the values are set at the earliest stage possible as
this makes the checks independent of any SSL implementation.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Cary Huang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4F246AE3-A7AE-471E-BD3D-C799D3748E03@yesql.se
2020-01-28 10:40:48 +09:00
Thomas Munro 6f38d4dac3 Remove dependency on HeapTuple from predicate locking functions.
The following changes make the predicate locking functions more
generic and suitable for use by future access methods:

- PredicateLockTuple() is renamed to PredicateLockTID().  It takes
  ItemPointer and inserting transaction ID instead of HeapTuple.

- CheckForSerializableConflictIn() takes blocknum instead of buffer.

- CheckForSerializableConflictOut() no longer takes HeapTuple or buffer.

Author: Ashwin Agrawal
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kuntal Ghosh, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiv0k3hkEb3Oqk%3DziWqtyk2Jys1UOK5hwRBNeANT_yX%2Bng%40mail.gmail.com
2020-01-28 13:13:04 +13:00
Tom Lane 4589c6a2a3 Apply project best practices to switches over enum values.
In the wake of 1f3a02173, assorted buildfarm members were warning about
"control reaches end of non-void function" or the like.  Do what we've
done elsewhere: in place of a "default" switch case that will prevent
the compiler from warning about unhandled enum values, put a catchall
elog() after the switch.  And return a dummy value to satisfy compilers
that don't know elog() doesn't return.
2020-01-27 18:46:30 -05:00
Robert Haas 73ce2a03f3 Move some code from jsonapi.c to jsonfuncs.c.
Specifically, move those functions that depend on ereport()
from jsonapi.c to jsonfuncs.c, in preparation for allowing
jsonapi.c to be used from frontend code.

A few cases where elog(ERROR, ...) is used for can't-happen
conditions are left alone; we can handle those in some other
way in frontend code.

Reviewed by Mark Dilger and Andrew Dunstan.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-27 11:22:13 -05:00
Robert Haas 1f3a021730 Adjust pg_parse_json() so that it does not directly ereport().
Instead, it now returns a value indicating either success or the
type of error which occurred. The old behavior is still available
by calling pg_parse_json_or_ereport(). If the new interface is
used, an error can be thrown by passing the return value of
pg_parse_json() to json_ereport_error().

pg_parse_json() can still elog() in can't-happen cases, but it
seems like that issue is best handled separately.

Adjust json_lex() and json_count_array_elements() to return an
error code, too.

This is all in preparation for making the backend's json parser
available to frontend code.

Reviewed and/or tested by Mark Dilger and Andrew Dunstan.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-27 11:04:51 -05:00
Thomas Munro 3e4818e9dd Avoid unnecessary shm writes in Parallel Hash Join.
Currently, Parallel Hash Join cannot be used for full/right joins,
so there is no point in setting the match flag.  It turns out that
the cache coherence traffic generated by those writes slows down
large systems running many-core joins, so let's stop doing that.
In future, if we need to use match bits in parallel joins, we might
want to consider setting them only if not already set.

Back-patch to 11, where Parallel Hash Join arrived.

Reported-by: Deng, Gang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0F44E799048C4849BAE4B91012DB910462E9897A%40SHSMSX103.ccr.corp.intel.com
2020-01-27 15:07:03 +13:00
Michael Paquier 10a525230f Fix some memory leaks and improve restricted token handling on Windows
The leaks have been detected by a Coverity run on Windows.  No backpatch
is done as the leaks are minor.

While on it, make restricted token creation more consistent in its error
handling by logging an error instead of a warning if missing
advapi32.dll, which was missing in the NT4 days.  Any modern platform
should have this DLL around.  Now, if the library is not there, an error
is still reported back to the caller, and nothing is done do there is no
behavior change done in this commit.

Author: Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQApa9MG0foPkgPX87fipk=vhnF2Xfg+CfUyR08h4R7Mywg@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-27 11:02:05 +09:00
Tom Lane 3ec20c7091 Fix EXPLAIN (SETTINGS) to follow policy about when to print empty fields.
In non-TEXT output formats, the "Settings" field should appear when
requested, even if it would be empty.

Also, get rid of the premature optimization of counting all the
GUC_EXPLAIN variables at startup.  Since there was no provision for
adjusting that count later, all it'd take would be some extension marking
a parameter as GUC_EXPLAIN to risk an assertion failure or memory stomp.
We could make get_explain_guc_options() count those variables on-the-fly,
or dynamically resize its array ... but TBH I do not think that making a
transient array of pointers a bit smaller is worth any extra complication,
especially when you consider all the other transient space EXPLAIN eats.
So just allocate that array at the max possible size.

In HEAD, also add some regression test coverage for this feature.

Because of the memory-stomp hazard, back-patch to v12 where this
feature was added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19416.1580069629@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-26 16:32:19 -05:00
Thomas Munro f37ff03478 Refactor confusing code in _mdfd_openseg().
As reported independently by a couple of people, _mdfd_openseg() is coded in a
way that seems to imply that the segments could be opened in an order that
isn't strictly sequential.  Even if that were true, it's also using the wrong
comparison.  It's not an active bug, since the condition is always true anyway,
but it's confusing, so replace it with an assertion.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Noah Misch
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BNBw%2BuSzxF1os-SO6gUuw%3DcqO5DAybk6KnHKzgGvxhxA%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191222091930.GA1280238%40rfd.leadboat.com
2020-01-27 09:12:56 +13:00
Heikki Linnakangas 38a957316d Refactor XLogReadRecord(), adding XLogBeginRead() function.
The signature of XLogReadRecord() required the caller to pass the starting
WAL position as argument, or InvalidXLogRecPtr to continue reading at the
end of previous record. That's slightly awkward to the callers, as most
of them don't want to randomly jump around in the WAL stream, but start
reading at one position and then read everything from that point onwards.
Remove the 'RecPtr' argument and add a new function XLogBeginRead() to
specify the starting position instead. That's more convenient for the
callers. Also, xlogreader holds state that is reset when you change the
starting position, so having a separate function for doing that feels like
a more natural fit.

This changes XLogFindNextRecord() function so that it doesn't reset the
xlogreader's state to what it was before the call anymore. Instead, it
positions the xlogreader to the found record, like XLogBeginRead().

Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5382a7a3-debe-be31-c860-cb810c08f366%40iki.fi
2020-01-26 11:39:00 +02:00
Tom Lane 1001368497 Clean up EXPLAIN's handling of per-worker details.
Previously, it was possible for EXPLAIN ANALYZE of a parallel query
to produce several different "Workers" fields for a single plan node,
because different portions of explain.c independently generated
per-worker data and wrapped that output in separate fields.  This
is pretty bogus, especially for the structured output formats: even
if it's not technically illegal, most programs would have a hard time
dealing with such data.

To improve matters, add infrastructure that allows redirecting
per-worker values into a side data structure, and then collect that
data into a single "Workers" field after we've finished running all
the relevant code for a given plan node.

There are a few visible side-effects:

* In text format, instead of something like

  Sort Method: external merge  Disk: 4920kB
  Worker 0:  Sort Method: external merge  Disk: 5880kB
  Worker 1:  Sort Method: external merge  Disk: 5920kB
  Buffers: shared hit=682 read=10188, temp read=1415 written=2101
  Worker 0:  actual time=130.058..130.324 rows=1324 loops=1
    Buffers: shared hit=337 read=3489, temp read=505 written=739
  Worker 1:  actual time=130.273..130.512 rows=1297 loops=1
    Buffers: shared hit=345 read=3507, temp read=505 written=744

you get

  Sort Method: external merge  Disk: 4920kB
  Buffers: shared hit=682 read=10188, temp read=1415 written=2101
  Worker 0:  actual time=130.058..130.324 rows=1324 loops=1
    Sort Method: external merge  Disk: 5880kB
    Buffers: shared hit=337 read=3489, temp read=505 written=739
  Worker 1:  actual time=130.273..130.512 rows=1297 loops=1
    Sort Method: external merge  Disk: 5920kB
    Buffers: shared hit=345 read=3507, temp read=505 written=744

* When JIT is enabled, any relevant per-worker JIT stats are attached
to the child node of the Gather or Gather Merge node, which is where
the other per-worker output has always been.  Previously, that info
was attached directly to a Gather node, or missed entirely for Gather
Merge.

* A query's summary JIT data no longer includes a bogus
"Worker Number: -1" field.

A notable code-level change is that indenting for lines of text-format
output should now be handled by calling "ExplainIndentText(es)",
instead of hard-wiring how much space to emit.  This seems a good deal
cleaner anyway.

This patch also adds a new "explain.sql" regression test script that's
dedicated to testing EXPLAIN.  There is more that can be done in that
line, certainly, but for now it just adds some coverage of the XML and
YAML output formats, which had been completely untested.

Although this is surely a bug fix, it's not clear that people would
be happy with rearranging EXPLAIN output in a minor release, so apply
to HEAD only.

Maciek Sakrejda and Tom Lane, based on an idea of Andres Freund's;
reviewed by Georgios Kokolatos

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOtHd0AvAA8CLB9Xz0wnxu1U=zJCKrr1r4QwwXi_kcQsHDVU=Q@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-25 18:16:42 -05:00
Dean Rasheed 13661ddd7e Add functions gcd() and lcm() for integer and numeric types.
These compute the greatest common divisor and least common multiple of
a pair of numbers using the Euclidean algorithm.

Vik Fearing, reviewed by Fabien Coelho.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/adbd3e0b-e3f1-5bbc-21db-03caf1cef0f7@2ndquadrant.com
2020-01-25 14:00:59 +00:00
Robert Haas 530609aa42 Remove jsonapi.c's lex_accept().
At first glance, this function seems useful, but it actually increases
the amount of code required rather than decreasing it. Inline the
logic into the callers instead; most callers don't use the 'lexeme'
argument for anything and as a result considerable simplification is
possible.

Along the way, fix the header comment for the nearby function
lex_expect(), which mislabeled it as lex_accept().

Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele, Mark Dilger, and Andrew
Dunstan.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-24 10:29:52 -08:00
Robert Haas 11b5e3e35d Split JSON lexer/parser from 'json' data type support.
Keep the code that pertains to the 'json' data type in json.c, but
move the lexing and parsing code to a new file jsonapi.c, a name
I chose because the corresponding prototypes are in jsonapi.h.

This seems like a logical division, because the JSON lexer and parser
are also used by the 'jsonb' data type, but the SQL-callable functions
in json.c are a separate thing. Also, the new jsonapi.c file needs to
include far fewer header files than json.c, which seems like a good
sign that this is an appropriate place to insert an abstraction
boundary. I took the opportunity to remove a few apparently-unneeded
includes from json.c at the same time.

Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele, Mark Dilger, and Andrew
Dunstan. The previous commit was, too, but I forgot to note it
in the commit message.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-24 10:17:43 -08:00
Robert Haas ce0425b162 Adjust src/include/utils/jsonapi.h so it's not backend-only.
The major change here is that we no longer include jsonb.h into
jsonapi.h. The reason that was necessary is that jsonapi.h included
several prototypes functions in jsonfuncs.c that depend on the Jsonb
type. Move those prototypes to a new header, jsonfuncs.h, and include
it where needed.

The other change is that JsonEncodeDateTime is now declared in
json.h rather than jsonapi.h.

Taken together, these steps eliminate all dependencies of jsonapi.h
on backend-only data types and header files, so that it can
potentially be included in frontend code.
2020-01-24 09:58:37 -08:00
Fujii Masao d694e0bb79 Add pg_file_sync() to adminpack extension.
This function allows us to fsync the specified file or directory.
It's useful, for example, when we want to sync the file that
pg_file_write() writes out or that COPY TO exports the data into,
for durability.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-By: Julien Rouhaud, Arthur Zakirov, Michael Paquier, Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHGQGwGY8uzZ_k8dHRoW1zDcy1Z7=5GQ+So4ZkVy2u=nLsk=hA@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-24 20:42:52 +09:00
Tom Lane 9a3a75cb81 Fix an oversight in commit 4c70098ff.
I had supposed that the from_char_seq_search() call sites were
all passing the constant arrays you'd expect them to pass ...
but on looking closer, the one for DY format was passing the
days[] array not days_short[].  This accidentally worked because
the day abbreviations in English are all the same as the first
three letters of the full day names.  However, once we took out
the "maximum comparison length" logic, it stopped working.

As penance for that oversight, add regression test cases covering
this, as well as every other switch case in DCH_from_char() that
was not reached according to the code coverage report.

Also, fold the DCH_RM and DCH_rm cases into one --- now that
seq_search is case independent, there's no need to pass different
comparison arrays for those cases.

Back-patch, as the previous commit was.
2020-01-23 16:15:32 -05:00
Tom Lane 4c70098ffa Clean up formatting.c's logic for matching constant strings.
seq_search(), which is used to match input substrings to constants
such as month and day names, had a lot of bizarre and unnecessary
behaviors.  It was mostly possible to avert our eyes from that before,
but we don't want to duplicate those behaviors in the upcoming patch
to allow recognition of non-English month and day names.  So it's time
to clean this up.  In particular:

* seq_search scribbled on the input string, which is a pretty dangerous
thing to do, especially in the badly underdocumented way it was done here.
Fortunately the input string is a temporary copy, but that was being made
three subroutine levels away, making it something easy to break
accidentally.  The behavior is externally visible nonetheless, in the form
of odd case-folding in error reports about unrecognized month/day names.
The scribbling is evidently being done to save a few calls to pg_tolower,
but that's such a cheap function (at least for ASCII data) that it's
pretty pointless to worry about.  In HEAD I switched it to be
pg_ascii_tolower to ensure it is cheap in all cases; but there are corner
cases in Turkish where this'd change behavior, so leave it as pg_tolower
in the back branches.

* seq_search insisted on knowing the case form (all-upper, all-lower,
or initcap) of the constant strings, so that it didn't have to case-fold
them to perform case-insensitive comparisons.  This likewise seems like
excessive micro-optimization, given that pg_tolower is certainly very
cheap for ASCII data.  It seems unsafe to assume that we know the case
form that will come out of pg_locale.c for localized month/day names, so
it's better just to define the comparison rule as "downcase all strings
before comparing".  (The choice between downcasing and upcasing is
arbitrary so far as English is concerned, but it might not be in other
locales, so follow citext's lead here.)

* seq_search also had a parameter that'd cause it to report a match
after a maximum number of characters, even if the constant string were
longer than that.  This was not actually used because no caller passed
a value small enough to cut off a comparison.  Replicating that behavior
for localized month/day names seems expensive as well as useless, so
let's get rid of that too.

* from_char_seq_search used the maximum-length parameter to truncate
the input string in error reports about not finding a matching name.
This leads to rather confusing reports in many cases.  Worse, it is
outright dangerous if the input string isn't all-ASCII, because we
risk truncating the string in the middle of a multibyte character.
That'd lead either to delivering an illegible error message to the
client, or to encoding-conversion failures that obscure the actual
data problem.  Get rid of that in favor of truncating at whitespace
if any (a suggestion due to Alvaro Herrera).

In addition to fixing these things, I const-ified the input string
pointers of DCH_from_char and its subroutines, to make sure there
aren't any other scribbling-on-input problems.

The risk of generating a badly-encoded error message seems like
enough of a bug to justify back-patching, so patch all supported
branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29432.1579731087@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-23 13:42:09 -05:00
Michael Paquier f942dfb952 Clarify some comments in vacuumlazy.c
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200113004542.GA26045@telsasoft.com
2020-01-23 15:56:56 +09:00
Fujii Masao 41c184bc64 Add GUC ignore_invalid_pages.
Detection of WAL records having references to invalid pages
during recovery causes PostgreSQL to raise a PANIC-level error,
aborting the recovery. Setting ignore_invalid_pages to on causes
the system to ignore those WAL records (but still report a warning),
and continue recovery. This behavior may cause crashes, data loss,
propagate or hide corruption, or other serious problems.
However, it may allow you to get past the PANIC-level error,
to finish the recovery, and to cause the server to start up.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHGQGwHCK6f77yeZD4MHOnN+PaTf6XiJfEB+Ce7SksSHjeAWtg@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-22 11:56:34 +09:00
Amit Kapila 79a3efb84d Fix the computation of max dead tuples during the vacuum.
In commit 40d964ec99, we changed the way memory is allocated for dead
tuples but forgot to update the place where we compute the maximum
number of dead tuples.  This could lead to invalid memory requests.

Reported-by: Andres Freund
Diagnosed-by: Andres Freund
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200121060020.e3cr7s7fj5rw4lok@alap3.anarazel.de
2020-01-22 07:43:51 +05:30
Michael Paquier a904abe2e2 Fix concurrent indexing operations with temporary tables
Attempting to use CREATE INDEX, DROP INDEX or REINDEX with CONCURRENTLY
on a temporary relation with ON COMMIT actions triggered unexpected
errors because those operations use multiple transactions internally to
complete their work.  Here is for example one confusing error when using
ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS:
ERROR:  index "foo" already contains data

Issues related to temporary relations and concurrent indexing are fixed
in this commit by enforcing the non-concurrent path to be taken for
temporary relations even if using CONCURRENTLY, transparently to the
user.  Using a non-concurrent path does not matter in practice as locks
cannot be taken on a temporary relation by a session different than the
one owning the relation, and the non-concurrent operation is more
effective.

The problem exists with REINDEX since v12 with the introduction of
CONCURRENTLY, and with CREATE/DROP INDEX since CONCURRENTLY exists for
those commands.  In all supported versions, this caused only confusing
error messages to be generated.  Note that with REINDEX, it was also
possible to issue a REINDEX CONCURRENTLY for a temporary relation owned
by a different session, leading to a server crash.

The idea to enforce transparently the non-concurrent code path for
temporary relations comes originally from Andres Freund.

Reported-by: Manuel Rigger
Author: Michael Paquier, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Álvaro Herrera, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA6gP7YAeCguyseusYcc=uR8+ypjCcgDDCTzjQ+k6S9ksQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
2020-01-22 09:49:18 +09:00
Tom Lane 9b9c5f279e Clarify behavior of adding and altering a column in same ALTER command.
The behavior of something like

ALTER TABLE transactions
  ADD COLUMN status varchar(30) DEFAULT 'old',
  ALTER COLUMN status SET default 'current';

is to fill existing table rows with 'old', not 'current'.  That's
intentional and desirable for a couple of reasons:

* It makes the behavior the same whether you merge the sub-commands
into one ALTER command or give them separately;

* If we applied the new default while filling the table, there would
be no way to get the existing behavior in one SQL command.

The same reasoning applies in cases that add a column and then
manipulate its GENERATED/IDENTITY status in a second sub-command,
since the generation expression is really just a kind of default.
However, that wasn't very obvious (at least not to me; earlier in
the referenced discussion thread I'd thought it was a bug to be
fixed).  And it certainly wasn't documented.

Hence, add documentation, code comments, and a test case to clarify
that this behavior is all intentional.

In passing, adjust ATExecAddColumn's defaults-related relkind check
so that it matches up exactly with ATRewriteTables, instead of being
effectively (though not literally) the negated inverse condition.
The reasoning can be explained a lot more concisely that way, too
(not to mention that the comment now matches the code, which it
did not before).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10365.1558909428@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-21 16:17:21 -05:00
Andres Freund affdde2e15 Fix edge case leading to agg transitions skipping ExecAggTransReparent() calls.
The code checking whether an aggregate transition value needs to be
reparented into the current context has always only compared the
transition return value with the previous transition value by datum,
i.e. without regard for NULLness.  This normally works, because when
the transition function returns NULL (via fcinfo->isnull), it'll
return a value that won't be the same as its input value.

But there's no hard requirement that that's the case. And it turns
out, it's possible to hit this case (see discussion or reproducers),
leading to a non-null transition value not being reparented, followed
by a crash caused by that.

Instead of adding another comparison of NULLness, instead have
ExecAggTransReparent() ensure that pergroup->transValue ends up as 0
when the new transition value is NULL. That avoids having to add an
additional branch to the much more common cases of the transition
function returning the old transition value (which is a pointer in
this case), and when the new value is different, but not NULL.

In branches since 69c3936a14, also deduplicate the reparenting code
between the expression evaluation based transitions, and the path for
ordered aggregates.

Reported-By: Teodor Sigaev, Nikita Glukhov
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bd34e930-cfec-ea9b-3827-a8bc50891393@sigaev.ru
Backpatch: 9.4-, this issue has existed since at least 7.4
2020-01-20 23:26:51 -08:00
Tom Lane 31f403e95f Further tweaking of jsonb_set_lax().
Some buildfarm members were still warning about this, because in
9c679a08f I'd missed decorating one of the ereport() code paths
with a dummy return.

Also, adjust the error messages to be more in line with project
style guide.
2020-01-20 14:26:56 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas 4c87010981 Fix crash in BRIN inclusion op functions, due to missing datum copy.
The BRIN add_value() and union() functions need to make a longer-lived
copy of the argument, if they want to store it in the BrinValues struct
also passed as argument. The functions for the "inclusion operator
classes" used with box, range and inet types didn't take into account
that the union helper function might return its argument as is, without
making a copy. Check for that case, and make a copy if necessary. That
case arises at least with the range_union() function, when one of the
arguments is an 'empty' range:

CREATE TABLE brintest (n numrange);
CREATE INDEX brinidx ON brintest USING brin (n);
INSERT INTO brintest VALUES ('empty');
INSERT INTO brintest VALUES (numrange(0, 2^1000::numeric));
INSERT INTO brintest VALUES ('(-1, 0)');

SELECT brin_desummarize_range('brinidx', 0);
SELECT brin_summarize_range('brinidx', 0);

Backpatch down to 9.5, where BRIN was introduced.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/e6e1d6eb-0a67-36aa-e779-bcca59167c14%40iki.fi
Reviewed-by: Emre Hasegeli, Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera
2020-01-20 10:36:35 +02:00
Amit Kapila 40d964ec99 Allow vacuum command to process indexes in parallel.
This feature allows the vacuum to leverage multiple CPUs in order to
process indexes.  This enables us to perform index vacuuming and index
cleanup with background workers.  This adds a PARALLEL option to VACUUM
command where the user can specify the number of workers that can be used
to perform the command which is limited by the number of indexes on a
table.  Specifying zero as a number of workers will disable parallelism.
This option can't be used with the FULL option.

Each index is processed by at most one vacuum process.  Therefore parallel
vacuum can be used when the table has at least two indexes.

The parallel degree is either specified by the user or determined based on
the number of indexes that the table has, and further limited by
max_parallel_maintenance_workers.  The index can participate in parallel
vacuum iff it's size is greater than min_parallel_index_scan_size.

Author: Masahiko Sawada and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas, Tomas Vondra,
Mahendra Singh and Sergei Kornilov
Tested-by: Mahendra Singh and Prabhat Sahu
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDTPMgzSkV4E3SFo1CH_x50bf5PqZFQf4jmqjk-C03BWg@mail.gmail.com
https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1J-VoR9gzS5E75pcD-OH0mEyCdp8RihcwKrcuw7J-Q0+w@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-20 07:57:49 +05:30
Tom Lane 9c679a08f0 Silence minor compiler warnings.
Ensure that ClassifyUtilityCommandAsReadOnly() has defined behavior
even if TransactionStmt.kind has a value that's not one of the
declared values for its enum.

Suppress warnings from compilers that don't know that elog(ERROR)
doesn't return, in ClassifyUtilityCommandAsReadOnly() and
jsonb_set_lax().

Per Coverity and buildfarm.
2020-01-19 16:04:36 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas 7aaefadaac Remove separate files for the initial contents of pg_(sh)description
This data was only in separate files because it was the most convenient
way to handle it with a shell script. Now that we use a general-purpose
programming language, it's easy to assemble the data into the same format
as the rest of the catalogs and output it into postgres.bki. This allows
removal of some special-purpose code from initdb.c.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CACPNZCtVFtjHre6hg9dput0qRPp39pzuyA2A6BT8wdgrRy%2BQdA%40mail.gmail.com
Author: John Naylor
2020-01-19 13:54:58 +02:00
Michael Paquier 41aadeeb12 Add GUC checks for ssl_min_protocol_version and ssl_max_protocol_version
Mixing incorrect bounds set in the SSL context leads to confusing error
messages generated by OpenSSL which are hard to act on.  New checks are
added within the GUC machinery to improve the user experience as they
apply to any SSL implementation, not only OpenSSL, and doing the checks
beforehand avoids the creation of a SSL during a reload (or startup)
which we know will never be used anyway.

Backpatch down to 12, as those parameters have been introduced by
e73e67c.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114035420.GE1515@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 12
2020-01-18 12:32:43 +09:00
Alexander Korotkov 4b754d6c16 Avoid full scan of GIN indexes when possible
The strategy of GIN index scan is driven by opclass-specific extract_query
method.  This method that needed search mode is GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL.  This
mode means that matching tuple may contain none of extracted entries.  Simple
example is '!term' tsquery, which doesn't need any term to exist in matching
tsvector.

In order to handle such scan key GIN calculates virtual entry, which contains
all TIDs of all entries of attribute.  In fact this is full scan of index
attribute.  And typically this is very slow, but allows to handle some queries
correctly in GIN.  However, current algorithm calculate such virtual entry for
each GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL scan key even if they are multiple for the same
attribute.  This is clearly not optimal.

This commit improves the situation by introduction of "exclude only" scan keys.
Such scan keys are not capable to return set of matching TIDs.  Instead, they
are capable only to filter TIDs produced by normal scan keys.  Therefore,
each attribute should contain at least one normal scan key, while rest of them
may be "exclude only" if search mode is GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL.

The same optimization might be applied to the whole scan, not per-attribute.
But that leads to NULL values elimination problem.  There is trade-off between
multiple possible ways to do this.  We probably want to do this later using
some cost-based decision algorithm.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_YGP5-BEt5Cc0%3DzMve92vocPzD%2BXiZgiZs1kjY0cj%3DXBg%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov, Tom Lane, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane
2020-01-18 01:11:39 +03:00
Tom Lane 41c6f9db25 Repair more failures with SubPlans in multi-row VALUES lists.
Commit 9b63c13f0 turns out to have been fundamentally misguided:
the parent node's subPlan list is by no means the only way in which
a child SubPlan node can be hooked into the outer execution state.
As shown in bug #16213 from Matt Jibson, we can also get short-lived
tuple table slots added to the outer es_tupleTable list.  At this point
I have little faith that there aren't other possible connections as
well; the long time it took to notice this problem shows that this
isn't a heavily-exercised situation.

Therefore, revert that fix, returning to the coding that passed a
NULL parent plan pointer down to the transiently-built subexpressions.
That gives us a pretty good guarantee that they won't hook into the
outer executor state in any way.  But then we need some other solution
to make SubPlans work.  Adopt the solution speculated about in the
previous commit's log message: do expression initialization at plan
startup for just those VALUES rows containing SubPlans, abandoning the
goal of reclaiming memory intra-query for those rows.  In practice it
seems unlikely that queries containing a vast number of VALUES rows
would be using SubPlans in them, so this should not give up much.

(BTW, this test case also refutes my claim in connection with the prior
commit that the issue only arises with use of LATERAL.  That was just
wrong: some variants of SubLink always produce SubPlans.)

As with previous patch, back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16213-871ac3bc208ecf23@postgresql.org
2020-01-17 16:17:31 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 15cac3a523 Set ReorderBufferTXN->final_lsn more eagerly
... specifically, set it incrementally as each individual change is
spilled down to disk.  This way, it is set correctly when the
transaction disappears without trace, ie. without leaving an XACT_ABORT
wal record.  (This happens when the server crashes midway through a
transaction.)

Failing to have final_lsn prevents ReorderBufferRestoreCleanup() from
working, since it needs the final_lsn in order to know the endpoint of
its iteration through spilled files.

Commit df9f682c7b already tried to fix the problem, but it didn't set
the final_lsn in all cases.  Revert that, since it's no longer needed.

Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2CLk+K9JDwjYST0sPbGg5AQdvhUt0jbKyX_HdAE0jk3A@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-17 18:00:39 -03:00
Tomas Vondra 543852fd8b Allocate freechunks bitmap as part of SlabContext
The bitmap used by SlabCheck to cross-check free chunks in a block used
to be allocated for each SlabCheck call, and was never freed. The memory
leak could be fixed by simply adding a pfree call, but it's actually a
bad idea to do any allocations in SlabCheck at all as it assumes the
state of the memory management as a whole is sane.

So instead we allocate the bitmap as part of SlabContext, which means
we don't need to do any allocations in SlabCheck and the bitmap goes
away together with the SlabContext.

Backpatch to 10, where the Slab context was introduced.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reported-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20200116044119.g45f7pmgz4jmodxj%40alap3.anarazel.de
2020-01-17 15:29:11 +01:00
Andrew Dunstan a83586b554 Add a non-strict version of jsonb_set
jsonb_set_lax() is the same as jsonb_set, except that it takes and extra
argument that specifies what to do if the value argument is NULL. The
default is 'use_json_null'. Other possibilities are 'raise_exception',
'return_target' and 'delete_key', all these behaviours having been
suggested as reasonable by various users.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/375873e2-c957-3a8d-64f9-26c43c2b16e7@2ndQuadrant.com

Reviewed by: Pavel Stehule
2020-01-17 11:52:39 +10:30
Michael Paquier f7cd5896a6 Move OpenSSL routines for min/max protocol setting to src/common/
Two routines have been added in OpenSSL 1.1.0 to set the protocol bounds
allowed within a given SSL context:
- SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version
- SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version

As Postgres supports OpenSSL down to 1.0.1 (as of HEAD), equivalent
replacements exist in the tree, which are only available for the
backend.  A follow-up patch is planned to add control of the SSL
protocol bounds for libpq, so move those routines to src/common/ so as
libpq can use them.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4F246AE3-A7AE-471E-BD3D-C799D3748E03@yesql.se
2020-01-17 10:06:17 +09:00
Tom Lane 5afaa2e426 Rationalize code placement between wchar.c, encnames.c, and mbutils.c.
Move all the backend-only code that'd crept into wchar.c and encnames.c
into mbutils.c.

To remove the last few #ifdef dependencies from wchar.c and encnames.c,
also make the following changes:

* Adjust get_encoding_name_for_icu to return NULL, not throw an error,
for unsupported encodings.  Its sole caller can perfectly well throw an
error instead.  (While at it, I also made this function and its sibling
is_encoding_supported_by_icu proof against out-of-range encoding IDs.)

* Remove the overlength-name error condition from pg_char_to_encoding.
It's completely silly not to treat that just like any other
the-name-is-not-in-the-table case.

Also, get rid of pg_mic_mblen --- there's no obvious reason why
conv.c shouldn't call pg_mule_mblen instead.

Other than that, this is just code movement and comment-polishing with
no functional changes.  Notably, I reordered declarations in pg_wchar.h
to show which functions are frontend-accessible and which are not.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYO8oq-iy8E02rD8eX25T-9SmyxKWqqks5OMHxKvGXpXQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-16 18:08:21 -05:00
Tom Lane e6afa8918c Move wchar.c and encnames.c to src/common/.
Formerly, various frontend directories symlinked these two sources
and then built them locally.  That's an ancient, ugly hack, and
we now have a much better way: put them into libpgcommon.
So do that.  (The immediate motivation for this is the prospect
of having to introduce still more symlinking if we don't.)

This commit moves these two files absolutely verbatim, for ease of
reviewing the git history.  There's some follow-on work to be done
that will modify them a bit.

Robert Haas, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYO8oq-iy8E02rD8eX25T-9SmyxKWqqks5OMHxKvGXpXQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-16 15:58:55 -05:00
Robert Haas 2eb34ac369 Fix problems with "read only query" checks, and refactor the code.
Previously, check_xact_readonly() was responsible for determining
which types of queries could not be run in a read-only transaction,
standard_ProcessUtility() was responsibility for prohibiting things
which were allowed in read only transactions but not in recovery, and
utility commands were basically prohibited in bulk in parallel mode by
calls to CommandIsReadOnly() in functions.c and spi.c.  This situation
was confusing and error-prone. Accordingly, move all the checks to a
new function ClassifyUtilityCommandAsReadOnly(), which determines the
degree to which a given statement is read only.

In the old code, check_xact_readonly() inadvertently failed to handle
several statement types that actually should have been prohibited,
specifically T_CreatePolicyStmt, T_AlterPolicyStmt, T_CreateAmStmt,
T_CreateStatsStmt, T_AlterStatsStmt, and T_AlterCollationStmt.  As a
result, thes statements were erroneously allowed in read only
transactions, parallel queries, and standby operation. Generally, they
would fail anyway due to some lower-level error check, but we
shouldn't rely on that.  In the new code structure, future omissions
of this type should cause ClassifyUtilityCommandAsReadOnly() to
complain about an unrecognized node type.

As a fringe benefit, this means we can allow certain types of utility
commands in parallel mode, where it's safe to do so. This allows
ALTER SYSTEM, CALL, DO, CHECKPOINT, COPY FROM, EXPLAIN, and SHOW.
It might be possible to allow additional commands with more work
and thought.

Along the way, document the thinking process behind the current set
of checks, as per discussion especially with Peter Eisentraut. There
is some interest in revising some of these rules, but that seems
like a job for another patch.

Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane, Stephen Frost, and Peter
Eisentraut.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ_rLqJt5sYkvh+JpQnfX0Y+B2R+qfi820xNih6x-FQOQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-16 12:11:31 -05:00
Tom Lane 0db7c67051 Minor code beautification in regexp.c.
Remove duplicated code (apparently introduced by commit c8ea87e4b).
Also get rid of some PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY variables we don't
really need to have.

Li Japin, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/PS1PR0601MB3770A5595B6E5E3FD6F35724B6360@PS1PR0601MB3770.apcprd06.prod.outlook.com
2020-01-16 11:31:30 -05:00
Tom Lane 1281a5c907 Restructure ALTER TABLE execution to fix assorted bugs.
We've had numerous bug reports about how (1) IF NOT EXISTS clauses in
ALTER TABLE don't behave as-expected, and (2) combining certain actions
into one ALTER TABLE doesn't work, though executing the same actions as
separate statements does.  This patch cleans up all of the cases so far
reported from the field, though there are still some oddities associated
with identity columns.

The core problem behind all of these bugs is that we do parse analysis
of ALTER TABLE subcommands too soon, before starting execution of the
statement.  The root of the bugs in group (1) is that parse analysis
schedules derived commands (such as a CREATE SEQUENCE for a serial
column) before it's known whether the IF NOT EXISTS clause should cause
a subcommand to be skipped.  The root of the bugs in group (2) is that
earlier subcommands may change the catalog state that later subcommands
need to be parsed against.

Hence, postpone parse analysis of ALTER TABLE's subcommands, and do
that one subcommand at a time, during "phase 2" of ALTER TABLE which
is the phase that does catalog rewrites.  Thus the catalog effects
of earlier subcommands are already visible when we analyze later ones.
(The sole exception is that we do parse analysis for ALTER COLUMN TYPE
subcommands during phase 1, so that their USING expressions can be
parsed against the table's original state, which is what we need.
Arguably, these bugs stem from falsely concluding that because ALTER
COLUMN TYPE must do early parse analysis, every other command subtype
can too.)

This means that ALTER TABLE itself must deal with execution of any
non-ALTER-TABLE derived statements that are generated by parse analysis.
Add a suitable entry point to utility.c to accept those recursive
calls, and create a struct to pass through the information needed by
the recursive call, rather than making the argument lists of
AlterTable() and friends even longer.

Getting this to work correctly required a little bit of fiddling
with the subcommand pass structure, in particular breaking up
AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR into multiple passes.  But otherwise it's mostly
a pretty straightforward application of the above ideas.

Fixing the residual issues for identity columns requires refactoring of
where the dependency link from an identity column to its sequence gets
set up.  So that seems like suitable material for a separate patch,
especially since this one is pretty big already.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10365.1558909428@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-15 18:49:24 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera a166d408eb Report progress of ANALYZE commands
This uses the progress reporting infrastructure added by c16dc1aca5,
adding support for ANALYZE.

Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Co-authored-by: Tatsuro Yamada <tatsuro.yamada.tf@nttcom.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Robert Haas, Anthony Nowocien, Kyotaro Horiguchi,
	Vignesh C, Amit Langote
2020-01-15 11:14:39 -03:00
Michael Paquier ac5bdf6261 Fix buggy logic in isTempNamespaceInUse()
The logic introduced in this routine as of 246a6c8 would report an
incorrect result when a session calls it to check if the temporary
namespace owned by the session is in use or not.  It is possible to
optimize more the routine in this case to avoid a PGPROC lookup, but
let's keep the logic simple.  As this routine is used only by autovacuum
for now, there were no live bugs, still let's be correct for any future
code involving it.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200113093703.GA41902@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 11
2020-01-15 13:58:33 +09:00
Amit Kapila 4d8a8d0c73 Introduce IndexAM fields for parallel vacuum.
Introduce new fields amusemaintenanceworkmem and amparallelvacuumoptions
in IndexAmRoutine for parallel vacuum.  The amusemaintenanceworkmem tells
whether a particular IndexAM uses maintenance_work_mem or not.  This will
help in controlling the memory used by individual workers as otherwise,
each worker can consume memory equal to maintenance_work_mem.  The
amparallelvacuumoptions tell whether a particular IndexAM participates in
a parallel vacuum and if so in which phase (bulkdelete, vacuumcleanup) of
vacuum.

Author: Masahiko Sawada and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Tomas Vondra and Robert Haas
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDTPMgzSkV4E3SFo1CH_x50bf5PqZFQf4jmqjk-C03BWg@mail.gmail.com
https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LmcD5aPogzwim5Nn58Ki+74a6Edghx4Wd8hAskvHaq5A@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-15 07:24:14 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut fe233366f2 Fix compiler warning about format on Windows
On 64-bit Windows, pid_t is long long int, so a %d format isn't
enough.
2020-01-14 23:59:18 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 3297308278 walreceiver uses a temporary replication slot by default
If no permanent replication slot is configured using
primary_slot_name, the walreceiver now creates and uses a temporary
replication slot.  A new setting wal_receiver_create_temp_slot can be
used to disable this behavior, for example, if the remote instance is
out of replication slots.

Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2Bfd4k4dM0iEPLxyVyme2RAFsn8SUgrNtBJOu81YqTY4V%2BnqZA%40mail.gmail.com
2020-01-14 14:40:41 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut ee4ac46c8e Expose PQbackendPID() through walreceiver API
This will be used by a subsequent patch.

Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2Bfd4k4dM0iEPLxyVyme2RAFsn8SUgrNtBJOu81YqTY4V%2BnqZA%40mail.gmail.com
2020-01-14 14:40:41 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut f595117e24 ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... DROP EXPRESSION
Add an ALTER TABLE subcommand for dropping the generated property from
a column, per SQL standard.

Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2f7f1d9c-946e-0453-d841-4f38eb9d69b6%402ndquadrant.com
2020-01-14 13:36:03 +01:00
Dean Rasheed d751ba5235 Make rewriter prevent auto-updates on views with conditional INSTEAD rules.
A view with conditional INSTEAD rules and no unconditional INSTEAD
rules or INSTEAD OF triggers is not auto-updatable. Previously we
relied on a check in the executor to catch this, but that's
problematic since the planner may fail to properly handle such a query
and thus return a particularly unhelpful error to the user, before
reaching the executor check.

Instead, trap this in the rewriter and report the correct error there.
Doing so also allows us to include more useful error detail than the
executor check can provide. This doesn't change the existing behaviour
of updatable views; it merely ensures that useful error messages are
reported when a view isn't updatable.

Per report from Pengzhou Tang, though not adopting that suggested fix.
Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAG4reAQn+4xB6xHJqWdtE0ve_WqJkdyCV4P=trYr4Kn8_3_PEA@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-14 09:52:21 +00:00
Tom Lane 7f380c59f8 Reduce size of backend scanner's tables.
Previously, the core scanner's yy_transition[] array had 37045 elements.
Since that number is larger than INT16_MAX, Flex generated the array to
contain 32-bit integers.  By reimplementing some of the bulkier scanner
rules, this patch reduces the array to 20495 elements.  The much smaller
total length, combined with the consequent use of 16-bit integers for
the array elements reduces the binary size by over 200kB.  This was
accomplished in two ways:

1. Consolidate handling of quote continuations into a new start condition,
rather than duplicating that logic for five different string types.

2. Treat Unicode strings and identifiers followed by a UESCAPE sequence
as three separate tokens, rather than one.  The logic to de-escape
Unicode strings is moved to the filter code in parser.c, which already
had the ability to provide special processing for token sequences.
While we could have implemented the conversion in the grammar, that
approach was rejected for performance and maintainability reasons.

Performance in microbenchmarks of raw parsing seems equal or slightly
faster in most cases, and it's reasonable to expect that in real-world
usage (with more competition for the CPU cache) there will be a larger
win.  The exception is UESCAPE sequences; lexing those is about 10%
slower, primarily because the scanner now has to be called three times
rather than one.  This seems acceptable since that feature is very
rarely used.

The psql and epcg lexers are likewise modified, primarily because we
want to keep them all in sync.  Since those lexers don't use the
space-hogging -CF option, the space savings is much less, but it's
still good for perhaps 10kB apiece.

While at it, merge the ecpg lexer's handling of C-style comments used
in SQL and in C.  Those have different rules regarding nested comments,
but since we already have the ability to keep track of the previous
start condition, we can use that to handle both cases within a single
start condition.  This matches the core scanner more closely.

John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCvaoa3EgVWm5yZhcSTX6RAtaLgniCPcBVOCwm8h3xpWkw@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-13 15:04:31 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 259bbe1778 Fix base backup with database OIDs larger than INT32_MAX
The use of pg_atoi() for parsing a string into an Oid fails for values
larger than INT32_MAX, since OIDs are unsigned.  Instead, use
atooid().  While this has less error checking, the contents of the
data directory are expected to be trustworthy, so we don't need to go
out of our way to do full error checking.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/dea47fc8-6c89-a2b1-07e3-754ff1ab094b%402ndquadrant.com
2020-01-13 13:41:12 +01:00
Michael Paquier 7689d907bb Fix comment in heapam.c
Improvement per suggestion from Tom Lane.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FED18699-4270-4778-8DA8-10F119A5ECF3@yesql.se
2020-01-13 17:57:38 +09:00
Amit Kapila 4e514c6180 Delete empty pages in each pass during GIST VACUUM.
Earlier, we use to postpone deleting empty pages till the second stage of
vacuum to amortize the cost of scanning internal pages.  However, that can
sometimes (say vacuum is canceled or errored between first and second
stage) delay the pages to be recycled.

Another thing is that to facilitate deleting empty pages in the second
stage, we need to share the information about internal and empty pages
between different stages of vacuum.  It will be quite tricky to share this
information via DSM which is required for the upcoming parallel vacuum
patch.

Also, it will bring the logic to reclaim deleted pages closer to nbtree
where we delete empty pages in each pass.

Overall, the advantages of deleting empty pages in each pass outweigh the
advantages of postponing the same.

Author: Dilip Kumar, with changes by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LGr+MN0xHZpJ2dfS8QNQ1a_aROKowZB+MPNep8FVtwAA@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-13 07:59:44 +05:30
Tomas Vondra eae056c19e Apply multiple multivariate MCV lists when possible
Until now we've only used a single multivariate MCV list per relation,
covering the largest number of clauses. So for example given a query

    SELECT * FROM t WHERE a = 1 AND b =1 AND c = 1 AND d = 1

and extended statistics on (a,b) and (c,d), we'd only pick and use one
of them. This commit improves this by repeatedly picking and applying
the best statistics (matching the largest number of remaining clauses)
until no additional statistics is applicable.

This greedy algorithm is simple, but may not be optimal. A different
choice of statistics may leave fewer clauses unestimated and/or give
better estimates for some other reason.

This can however happen only when there are overlapping statistics, and
selecting one makes it impossible to use the other. E.g. with statistics
on (a,b), (c,d), (b,c,d), we may pick either (a,b) and (c,d) or (b,c,d).
But it's not clear which option is the best one.

We however assume cases like this are rare, and the easiest solution is
to define statistics covering the whole group of correlated columns. In
the future we might support overlapping stats, using some of the clauses
as conditions (in conditional probability sense).

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191028152048.jc6pqv5hb7j77ocp@development
2020-01-13 01:21:17 +01:00
Tomas Vondra aaa6761876 Apply all available functional dependencies
When considering functional dependencies during selectivity estimation,
it's not necessary to bother with selecting the best extended statistic
object and then use just dependencies from it. We can simply consider
all applicable functional dependencies at once.

This means we need to deserialie all (applicable) dependencies before
applying them to the clauses. This is a bit more expensive than picking
the best statistics and deserializing dependencies for it. To minimize
the additional cost, we ignore statistics that are not applicable.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191028152048.jc6pqv5hb7j77ocp@development
2020-01-13 01:21:06 +01:00
Tom Lane 652686a334 Fix edge-case crashes and misestimation in range containment selectivity.
When estimating the selectivity of "range_var <@ range_constant" or
"range_var @> range_constant", if the upper (or respectively lower)
bound of the range_constant was above the last bin of the range_var's
histogram, the code would access uninitialized memory and potentially
crash (though it seems the probability of a crash is quite low).
Handle the endpoint cases explicitly to fix that.

While at it, be more paranoid about the possibility of getting NaN
or other silly results from the range type's subdiff function.
And improve some comments.

Ordinarily we'd probably add a regression test case demonstrating
the bug in unpatched code.  But it's too hard to get it to crash
reliably because of the uninitialized-memory dependence, so skip that.

Per bug #16122 from Adam Scott.  It's been broken from the beginning,
apparently, so backpatch to all supported branches.

Diagnosis by Michael Paquier, patch by Andrey Borodin and Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16122-eb35bc248c806c15@postgresql.org
2020-01-12 14:36:59 -05:00
Michael Paquier 1088729e84 Remove incorrect assertion for INSERT in logical replication's publisher
On the publisher, it was assumed that an INSERT change cannot happen for
a relation with no replica identity.  However this is true only for a
change that needs references to old rows, aka UPDATE or DELETE, so
trying to use logical replication with a relation that has no replica
identity led to an assertion failure in the publisher when issuing an
INSERT.  This commit removes the incorrect assertion, and adds more
regression tests to provide coverage for relations without replica
identity.

Reported-by: Neha Sharma
Author: Dilip Kumar, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANiYTQsL1Hb8_Km08qd32svrqNumXLJeoGo014O7VZymgOhZEA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 10
2020-01-12 22:43:45 +09:00
Tom Lane 2c0cdc8183 Extensive code review for GSSAPI encryption mechanism.
Fix assorted bugs in handling of non-blocking I/O when using GSSAPI
encryption.  The encryption layer could return the wrong status
information to its caller, resulting in effectively dropping some data
(or possibly in aborting a not-broken connection), or in a "livelock"
situation where data remains to be sent but the upper layers think
transmission is done and just go to sleep.  There were multiple small
thinkos contributing to that, as well as one big one (failure to think
through what to do when a send fails after having already transmitted
data).  Note that these errors could cause failures whether the client
application asked for non-blocking I/O or not, since both libpq and
the backend always run things in non-block mode at this level.

Also get rid of use of static variables for GSSAPI inside libpq;
that's entirely not okay given that multiple connections could be
open at once inside a single client process.

Also adjust a bunch of random small discrepancies between the frontend
and backend versions of the send/receive functions -- except for error
handling, they should be identical, and now they are.

Also extend the Kerberos TAP tests to exercise cases where nontrivial
amounts of data need to be pushed through encryption.  Before, those
tests didn't provide any useful coverage at all for the cases of
interest here.  (They still might not, depending on timing, but at
least there's a chance.)

Per complaint from pmc@citylink and subsequent investigation.
Back-patch to v12 where this code was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200109181822.GA74698@gate.oper.dinoex.org
2020-01-11 17:14:08 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut c67a55da4e Make lsn argument of walrcv_create_slot() optional
Some callers are not using it, so it's wasteful to have to specify it.

Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA+fd4k4BcYrYucNfTnK-CQX3+jsG+PRPEhHAUSo-W4P0Lec57A@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-11 09:07:14 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut c096a804d9 Remove STATUS_FOUND
Replace the solitary use with a bool.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a6f91ead-0ce4-2a34-062b-7ab9813ea308%402ndquadrant.com
2020-01-11 07:48:57 +01:00
Noah Misch 38fc056074 Maintain valid md.c state when FileClose() fails.
FileClose() failure ordinarily causes a PANIC.  Suppose the user
disables that PANIC via data_sync_retry=on.  After mdclose() issued a
FileClose() that failed, calls into md.c raised SIGSEGV.  This fix adds
repalloc() calls during mdclose(); update a comment about ignoring
repalloc() cost.  The rate of relation segment count change is a minor
factor; more relevant to overall performance is the rate of mdclose()
and subsequent re-opening of segments.  Back-patch to v10, where commit
45e191e3aa introduced the bug.

Reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191222091930.GA1280238@rfd.leadboat.com
2020-01-10 18:31:22 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera a7b6ab5db1 Clean up representation of flags in struct ReorderBufferTXN
This simplifies addition of further flags.

Author: Nikhil Sontakke
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMGcDxeViP+R-OL7QhzUV9eKCVjURobuY1Zijik4Ay_Ddwo4Cg@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-10 17:46:57 -03:00
Tom Lane 9ce77d75c5 Reconsider the representation of join alias Vars.
The core idea of this patch is to make the parser generate join alias
Vars (that is, ones with varno pointing to a JOIN RTE) only when the
alias Var is actually different from any raw join input, that is a type
coercion and/or COALESCE is necessary to generate the join output value.
Otherwise just generate varno/varattno pointing to the relevant join
input column.

In effect, this means that the planner's flatten_join_alias_vars()
transformation is already done in the parser, for all cases except
(a) columns that are merged by JOIN USING and are transformed in the
process, and (b) whole-row join Vars.  In principle that would allow
us to skip doing flatten_join_alias_vars() in many more queries than
we do now, but we don't have quite enough infrastructure to know that
we can do so --- in particular there's no cheap way to know whether
there are any whole-row join Vars.  I'm not sure if it's worth the
trouble to add a Query-level flag for that, and in any case it seems
like fit material for a separate patch.  But even without skipping the
work entirely, this should make flatten_join_alias_vars() faster,
particularly where there are nested joins that it previously had to
flatten recursively.

An essential part of this change is to replace Var nodes'
varnoold/varoattno fields with varnosyn/varattnosyn, which have
considerably more tightly-defined meanings than the old fields: when
they differ from varno/varattno, they identify the Var's position in
an aliased JOIN RTE, and the join alias is what ruleutils.c should
print for the Var.  This is necessary because the varno change
destroyed ruleutils.c's ability to find the JOIN RTE from the Var's
varno.

Another way in which this change broke ruleutils.c is that it's no
longer feasible to determine, from a JOIN RTE's joinaliasvars list,
which join columns correspond to which columns of the join's immediate
input relations.  (If those are sub-joins, the joinaliasvars entries
may point to columns of their base relations, not the sub-joins.)
But that was a horrid mess requiring a lot of fragile assumptions
already, so let's just bite the bullet and add some more JOIN RTE
fields to make it more straightforward to figure that out.  I added
two integer-List fields containing the relevant column numbers from
the left and right input rels, plus a count of how many merged columns
there are.

This patch depends on the ParseNamespaceColumn infrastructure that
I added in commit 5815696bc.  The biggest bit of code change is
restructuring transformFromClauseItem's handling of JOINs so that
the ParseNamespaceColumn data is propagated upward correctly.

Other than that and the ruleutils fixes, everything pretty much
just works, though some processing is now inessential.  I grabbed
two pieces of low-hanging fruit in that line:

1. In find_expr_references, we don't need to recurse into join alias
Vars anymore.  There aren't any except for references to merged USING
columns, which are more properly handled when we scan the join's RTE.
This change actually fixes an edge-case issue: we will now record a
dependency on any type-coercion function present in a USING column's
joinaliasvar, even if that join column has no references in the query
text.  The odds of the missing dependency causing a problem seem quite
small: you'd have to posit somebody dropping an implicit cast between
two data types, without removing the types themselves, and then having
a stored rule containing a whole-row Var for a join whose USING merge
depends on that cast.  So I don't feel a great need to change this in
the back branches.  But in theory this way is more correct.

2. markRTEForSelectPriv and markTargetListOrigin don't need to recurse
into join alias Vars either, because the cases they care about don't
apply to alias Vars for USING columns that are semantically distinct
from the underlying columns.  This removes the only case in which
markVarForSelectPriv could be called with NULL for the RTE, so adjust
the comments to describe that hack as being strictly internal to
markRTEForSelectPriv.

catversion bump required due to changes in stored rules.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7115.1577986646@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-09 11:56:59 -05:00
Robert Haas ed10f32e37 Add pg_shmem_allocations view.
This tells you about allocations that have been made from the main
shared memory segment. The original patch also tried to show information
about dynamic shared memory allocation as well, but I decided to
leave that problem for another time.

Andres Freund and Robert Haas, reviewed by Michael Paquier, Marti
Raudsepp, Tom Lane, Álvaro Herrera, and Kyotaro Horiguchi.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20140504114417.GM12715@awork2.anarazel.de
2020-01-09 10:59:07 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut f85a485f89 Add support for automatically updating Unicode derived files
We currently have several sets of files generated from data provided
by Unicode.  These all have ad hoc rules and instructions for updating
when new Unicode versions appear, and it's not done consistently.

This patch centralizes and automates the process and makes it part of
the release checklist.  The Unicode and CLDR versions are specified in
Makefile.global.in.  There is a new make target "update-unicode" that
downloads all the relevant files and runs the generation script.

There is also a new script for generating the table of combining
characters for ucs_wcwidth().  That table is now in a separate include
file rather than hardcoded into the middle of other code.  This is
based on the script that was used for generating
d8594d123c, but the script itself wasn't
committed at that time.

Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c8d05f42-443e-6c23-819b-05b31759a37c@2ndquadrant.com
2020-01-09 10:08:14 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera f5d28710c7 Reimplement nullification of walsender timestamp
Make the value null only at pg_stat_activity-output time, as suggested
by Tom Lane, instead of messing with the internal state.  This should
appease buildfarm members with force_parallel_mode=regress, which are
running parallel queries on logical replication walsenders.

The fact that walsenders can run parallel queries should perhaps be
studied more carefully, but for the moment let's get rid of the red
blots in buildfarm.

Backpatch to pg10, like the previous commit.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30804.1578438763@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-08 14:33:49 -03:00
Tom Lane 913bbd88dc Improve the handling of result type coercions in SQL functions.
Use the parser's standard type coercion machinery to convert the
output column(s) of a SQL function's final SELECT or RETURNING
to the type(s) they should have according to the function's declared
result type.  We'll allow any case where an assignment-level
coercion is available.  Previously, we failed unless the required
coercion was a binary-compatible one (and the documentation ignored
this, falsely claiming that the types must match exactly).

Notably, the coercion now accounts for typmods, so that cases where
a SQL function is declared to return a composite type whose columns
are typmod-constrained now behave as one would expect.  Arguably
this aspect is a bug fix, but the overall behavioral change here
seems too large to consider back-patching.

A nice side-effect is that functions can now be inlined in a
few cases where we previously failed to do so because of type
mismatches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18929.1574895430@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-08 11:07:59 -05:00
Tom Lane 4ac8aaa36f Fix handling of generated columns in ALTER TABLE.
ALTER TABLE failed if a column referenced in a GENERATED expression
had been added or changed in type earlier in the ALTER command.
That's because the GENERATED expression needs to be evaluated
against the table's updated tuples, but it was being evaluated
against the original tuples.  (Fortunately the executor has adequate
cross-checks to notice the mismatch, so we just got an obscure error
message and not anything more dangerous.)

Per report from Andreas Joseph Krogh.  Back-patch to v12 where
GENERATED was added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VisenaEmail.200.231b0a41523275d0.16ea7f800c7@tc7-visena
2020-01-08 09:42:53 -05:00
Michael Paquier 65192e0244 Revert "Forbid DROP SCHEMA on temporary namespaces"
This reverts commit a052f6c, following complains from Robert Haas and
Tom Lane.  Backpatch down to 9.4, like the previous commit.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobL4npEX5=E5h=5Jm_9mZun3MT39Kq2suJFVeamc9skSQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
2020-01-08 10:36:12 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera b175bd59fa pg_stat_activity: show NULL stmt start time for walsenders
Returning a non-NULL time is pointless, sinc a walsender is not a
process that would be running normal transactions anyway, but the code
was unintentionally exposing the process start time intermittently,
which was not only bogus but it also confused monitoring systems looking
for idle transactions.  Fix by avoiding all updates in walsenders.

Backpatch to 11, where walsenders started appearing in pg_stat_activity.

Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191209234409.exe7osmyalwkt5j4@development
2020-01-07 17:38:48 -03:00
Robert Haas ce242ae154 tableam: New callback relation_fetch_toast_slice.
Instead of always calling heap_fetch_toast_slice during detoasting,
invoke a table AM callback which, when the toast table is a heap
table, will be heap_fetch_toast_slice.

This makes it possible for a table AM other than heap to be used
as a TOAST table. It also completes the series of commits intended
to improve the interaction of tableam with TOAST that began with
commit 8b94dab06617ef80a0901ab103ebd8754427ef5a; detoast.c is
now, hopefully, fully AM-independent.

Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund and Peter Eisentraut.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-07 14:36:38 -05:00
Robert Haas 83322e38da tableam: Allow choice of toast AM.
Previously, the toast table had to be implemented by the same AM that
was used for the main table, which was bad, because the detoasting
code won't work with anything but heap. This commit doesn't fix the
latter problem, although there's another patch coming which does,
but it does let you pick something that works (i.e. heap, right now).

Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-07 14:23:25 -05:00
Robert Haas 8147278589 Increase the maximum value of track_activity_query_size.
This one-line change provoked a lot of discussion, but ultimately
the consensus seems to be that allowing a larger value might be
useful to somebody, and probably won't hurt anyone who chooses
not to take advantage of the higher maximum limit.

Vyacheslav Makarov, reviewed by many people.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/7b5ecc5a9991045e2f13c84e3047541d@postgrespro.ru
2020-01-07 12:14:19 -05:00
Tom Lane e369f37086 Reduce the number of GetFlushRecPtr() calls done by walsenders.
Since the WAL flush position only moves forward, it's safe to cache
its previous value within each walsender process, and update from
shared memory only once we've caught up to the previously-seen value.
When there are many active walsenders, this makes for a very significant
reduction in the amount of contention on the XLogCtl->info_lck spinlock.

This patch also adjusts the logic so that we update our idea of the
flush position after processing a WAL record, rather than beforehand.
This may cause us to realize we're not caught up when the preceding
coding would've thought that we were, but that seems all to the good;
it may avoid a useless sleep-and-wakeup cycle.

Back-patch to v12.  The contention problem exists in prior branches,
but it's much less severe (due to inefficiencies elsewhere) so there
seems no need to take any risk of back-patching further.

Pierre Ducroquet, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2931018.Vxl9zapr77@pierred-pdoc
2020-01-06 16:42:20 -05:00
Tom Lane 20d6225d16 Add functions min_scale(numeric) and trim_scale(numeric).
These allow better control of trailing zeroes in numeric values.

Pavel Stehule, based on an old proposal of Marko Tiikkaja's;
review by Karl Pinc

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDjs-navGASeF0Wk74N36YGFJ+v=Ok9_knRa7vDc-qugg@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-06 12:13:53 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut b9c130a1fd Have logical replication subscriber fire column triggers
The logical replication apply worker did not fire per-column update
triggers because the updatedCols bitmap in the RTE was not populated.
This fixes that.

Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira <euler@timbira.com.br>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/21673e2d-597c-6afe-637e-e8b10425b240%402ndquadrant.com
2020-01-06 08:40:00 +01:00
Michael Paquier 7b283d0e1d Remove support for OpenSSL 0.9.8 and 1.0.0
Support is out of scope from all the major vendors for these versions
(for example RHEL5 uses a version based on 0.9.8, and RHEL6 uses 1.0.1),
and it created some extra maintenance work.  Upstream has stopped
support of 0.9.8 in December 2015 and of 1.0.0 in February 2016.

Since b1abfec, note that the default SSL protocol version set with
ssl_min_protocol_version is TLSv1.2, whose support was added in OpenSSL
1.0.1, so there is no point to enforce ssl_min_protocol_version to TLSv1
in the SSL tests.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191205083252.GE5064@paquier.xyz
2020-01-06 12:51:44 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan fc31001123 Remove redundant incomplete split assertion.
The fastpath insert optimization's incomplete split flag Assert() is
redundant.  We'll reach the more general Assert() within
_bt_findinsertloc() in all cases. (Besides, Assert()'ing that the
rightmost page doesn't have the flag set never made much sense.)
2020-01-05 17:42:13 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut 3fd40b628c Make better use of ParseState in ProcessUtility
Pass ParseState into the functions called from
standard_ProcessUtility() instead passing the query string and query
environment separately.  No functionality change, but it makes the
notation consistent.  We had already started moving things into
that direction piece by piece, and this completes it.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6e7aa4a1-be6a-1a75-b1f9-83a678e5184a@2ndquadrant.com
2020-01-04 13:12:41 +01:00
Peter Geoghegan d2e5e20e57 Add xl_btree_delete optimization.
Commit 558a9165e0 taught _bt_delitems_delete() to produce its own XID
horizon on the primary.  Standbys no longer needed to generate their own
latestRemovedXid, since they could just use the explicitly logged value
from the primary instead.  The deleted offset numbers array from the
xl_btree_delete WAL record was no longer used by the REDO routine for
anything other than deleting the items.

This enables a minor optimization:  We now treat the array as buffer
state, not generic WAL data, following _bt_delitems_vacuum()'s example.
This should be a minor win, since it allows us to avoid including the
deleted items array in cases where XLogInsert() stores the whole buffer
anyway.  The primary goal here is to make the code more maintainable,
though.  Removing inessential differences between the two functions
highlights the fundamental differences that remain.

Also change xl_btree_delete to use uint32 for the size of the array of
item offsets being deleted.  This brings xl_btree_delete closer to
xl_btree_vacuum.  Furthermore, it seems like a good idea to use an
explicit-width integer type (the field was previously an "int").

Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_btree_delete changed.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkz4TjmezzfAbaV1zYrh=fr0bCpzuJTvBe5iUQ3aUPsCQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-03 12:18:13 -08:00
Peter Geoghegan 0c41c83d8f Clear up btree_xlog_split() alignment comment.
Adjust a comment that describes how alignment of the new left page high
key works in btree_xlog_split(), the nbtree page split REDO routine.
The wording used before commit 2c03216d83 is much clearer, so go back
to that.
2020-01-02 18:30:25 -08:00
Peter Geoghegan 44e44bd258 Correct _bt_delitems_vacuum() lock comments.
The expectation within _bt_delitems_vacuum() is that caller has a
super-exclusive/cleanup buffer lock (not just a pin and a write lock).
2020-01-02 13:30:40 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera 1fa846f1c9 Fix cloning of row triggers to sub-partitions
When row triggers exist in partitioned partitions that are not either
part of FKs or deferred unique constraints, they are not correctly
cloned to their partitions.  That's because they are marked "internal",
and those are purposefully skipped when doing the clone triggers dance.
Fix by relaxing the condition on which internal triggers are skipped.

Amit Langote initially diagnosed the problem and proposed a fix, but I
used a different approach.

Reported-by: Petr Fedorov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6b3f0646-ba8c-b3a9-c62d-1c6651a1920f@phystech.edu
2020-01-02 17:04:24 -03:00
Tom Lane 915c04f091 Fix typmod exposed for scalar function in FROM, too.
On further reflection about commit 4d02eb017, it occurs to me that
expandRTE() had better agree with what addRangeTableEntryForFunction()
is doing.  So teach that about functions possibly having typmods, too.
2020-01-02 14:02:55 -05:00
Tom Lane 4d02eb017e Fix collation exposed for scalar function in FROM.
One code path in addRangeTableEntryForFunction() neglected to assign
a collation to the tupdesc entry it constructs (which is a bit odd
considering the other path did do so).  This didn't matter before commit
5815696bc, because nothing would look at the type data in this tupdesc;
but now it does.

While at it, make sure we assign the correct typmod as well.  Most
function expressions don't have a determinate typmod, but some do.

Per buildfarm, which showed failures in non-C collations, a case
I'd not thought to test for this patch :-(
2020-01-02 13:48:54 -05:00
Tom Lane 5815696bc6 Make parser rely more heavily on the ParseNamespaceItem data structure.
When I added the ParseNamespaceItem data structure (in commit 5ebaaa494),
it wasn't very tightly integrated into the parser's APIs.  In the wake of
adding p_rtindex to that struct (commit b541e9acc), there is a good reason
to make more use of it: by passing around ParseNamespaceItem pointers
instead of bare RTE pointers, we can get rid of various messy methods for
passing back or deducing the rangetable index of an RTE during parsing.
Hence, refactor the addRangeTableEntryXXX functions to build and return
a ParseNamespaceItem struct, not just the RTE proper; and replace
addRTEtoQuery with addNSItemToQuery, which is passed a ParseNamespaceItem
rather than building one internally.

Also, add per-column data (a ParseNamespaceColumn array) to each
ParseNamespaceItem.  These arrays are built during addRangeTableEntryXXX,
where we have column type data at hand so that it's nearly free to fill
the data structure.  Later, when we need to build Vars referencing RTEs,
we can use the ParseNamespaceColumn info to avoid the rather expensive
operations done in get_rte_attribute_type() or expandRTE().
get_rte_attribute_type() is indeed dead code now, so I've removed it.
This makes for a useful improvement in parse analysis speed, around 20%
in one moderately-complex test query.

The ParseNamespaceColumn structs also include Var identity information
(varno/varattno).  That info isn't actually being used in this patch,
except that p_varno == 0 is a handy test for a dropped column.
A follow-on patch will make more use of it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2461.1577764221@sss.pgh.pa.us
2020-01-02 11:29:01 -05:00
Amit Kapila d207038053 Fix running out of file descriptors for spill files.
Currently while decoding changes, if the number of changes exceeds a
certain threshold, we spill those to disk.  And this happens for each
(sub)transaction.  Now, while reading all these files, we don't close them
until we read all the files.  While reading these files, if the number of
such files exceeds the maximum number of file descriptors, the operation
errors out.

Use PathNameOpenFile interface to open these files as that internally has
the mechanism to release kernel FDs as needed to get us under the
max_safe_fds limit.

Reported-by: Amit Khandekar
Author: Amit Khandekar
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9c-sECEn79zXw4yBnBdOttacoE-6gAyP0oy60nfs_sabQ@mail.gmail.com
2020-01-02 11:41:04 +05:30
Peter Geoghegan 4b25f5d0ba Revise BTP_HAS_GARBAGE nbtree VACUUM comments.
_bt_delitems_vacuum() comments claimed that it isn't worth another scan
of the page to avoid falsely unsetting the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE page flag
hint (this happens to be the same wording that was removed from
_bt_delitems_delete() by my recent commit fe97c61c).  The comments made
little sense, though.  The issue can't have much to do with performing a
second scan of the target leaf page, since an LP_DEAD test could easily
be performed in the first scan of the page anyway (the scan that takes
place in btvacuumpage() caller).

Revise the explanation.  It makes much more sense to frame this as an
issue about recovery conflicts.  _bt_delitems_vacuum() cannot easily
generate an XID cutoff in the same way that _bt_delitems_delete() is
designed to.

Falsely unsetting the page flag is not ideal, and is likely to happen
more often than was supposed by the original comments.  Explain why it
usually isn't a problem in practice.  There may be an argument for
_bt_delitems_vacuum() not clearing the BTP_HAS_GARBAGE bit, removing the
question of it being falsely unset by VACUUM (there may even be an
argument for not using a page level hint at all).  This can be revisited
later.
2020-01-01 17:29:41 -08:00
Peter Geoghegan c5f3b53b0e Update btree_xlog_delete() comments.
Commit fe97c61c updated LP_DEAD item deletion comments, but missed a
minor discrepancy on the REDO side.  Fix it now.

In passing, don't talk about the btree_xlog_vacuum() behavior within
btree_xlog_delete().  The reliance on XLOG_HEAP2_CLEANUP_INFO records
for recovery conflicts is already discussed within btvacuumpage() and
mentioned again in passing above btree_xlog_vacuum(), which seems
sufficient.
2020-01-01 11:32:07 -08:00
Bruce Momjian 7559d8ebfa Update copyrights for 2020
Backpatch-through: update all files in master, backpatch legal files through 9.4
2020-01-01 12:21:45 -05:00
Tom Lane 0ce38730ac Micro-optimize AllocSetFreeIndex() by reference to pg_bitutils code.
Use __builtin_clz() where available.  Where it isn't, we can still win
a little by using the pg_leftmost_one_pos[] lookup table instead of
having a private table.

Also drop the initial right shift by ALLOC_MINBITS in favor of
subtracting ALLOC_MINBITS from the leftmost-one-pos result.  This
is a win because the compiler can fold that adjustment into other
constants it'd have to add anyway, making the shift-removal free.

Also, we can explain this coding as an unrolled form of
pg_leftmost_one_pos32(), even though that's a bit ahistorical
since it long predates pg_bitutils.h.

John Naylor, with some cosmetic adjustments by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCuNUGMxjK7WTn_=WZnRbfASDdBxmjsVf2+m9MdmeNw_sg@mail.gmail.com
2019-12-28 17:21:17 -05:00
Michael Paquier a052f6cbb8 Forbid DROP SCHEMA on temporary namespaces
This operation was possible for the owner of the schema or a superuser.
Down to 9.4, doing this operation would cause inconsistencies in a
session whose temporary schema was dropped, particularly if trying to
create new temporary objects after the drop.  A more annoying
consequence is a crash of autovacuum on an assertion failure when
logging information about an orphaned temp table dropped.  Note that
because of 246a6c8 (present in v11~), which has made the removal of
orphaned temporary tables more aggressive, the failure could be
triggered more easily, but it is possible to reproduce down to 9.4.

Reported-by: Mahendra Singh, Prabhat Sahu
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Mahendra Singh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKYtNAr9Zq=1-ww4etHo-VCC-k120YxZy5OS01VkaLPaDbv2tg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
2019-12-27 17:58:43 +09:00
Michael Paquier 7854e07f25 Revert "Rename files and headers related to index AM"
This follows multiple complains from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund and
Alvaro Herrera that this issue ought to be dug more before actually
happening, if it happens.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191226144606.GA5659@alvherre.pgsql
2019-12-27 08:09:00 +09:00
Tom Lane b541e9accb Refactor parser's generation of Var nodes.
Instead of passing around a pointer to the RangeTblEntry that
provides the desired column, pass a pointer to the associated
ParseNamespaceItem.  The RTE is trivially reachable from the nsitem,
and having the ParseNamespaceItem allows access to additional
information.  As proof of concept for that, add the rangetable index
to ParseNamespaceItem, and use that to get rid of RTERangeTablePosn
searches.

(I have in mind to teach the parser to generate some different
representation for Vars that are nullable by outer joins, and
keeping the necessary information in ParseNamespaceItems seems
like a reasonable approach to that.  But whether that ever
happens or not, this seems like good cleanup.)

Also refactor the code around scanRTEForColumn so that the
"fuzzy match" stuff does not leak out of parse_relation.c.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26144.1576858373@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-12-26 11:16:42 -05:00